Commit Graph

1886 Commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Bruce Momjian ca3b37487b Update copyright for 2021
Backpatch-through: 9.5
2021-01-02 13:06:25 -05:00
Tom Lane c7aba7c14e Support subscripting of arbitrary types, not only arrays.
This patch generalizes the subscripting infrastructure so that any
data type can be subscripted, if it provides a handler function to
define what that means.  Traditional variable-length (varlena) arrays
all use array_subscript_handler(), while the existing fixed-length
types that support subscripting use raw_array_subscript_handler().
It's expected that other types that want to use subscripting notation
will define their own handlers.  (This patch provides no such new
features, though; it only lays the foundation for them.)

To do this, move the parser's semantic processing of subscripts
(including coercion to whatever data type is required) into a
method callback supplied by the handler.  On the execution side,
replace the ExecEvalSubscriptingRef* layer of functions with direct
calls to callback-supplied execution routines.  (Thus, essentially
no new run-time overhead should be caused by this patch.  Indeed,
there is room to remove some overhead by supplying specialized
execution routines.  This patch does a little bit in that line,
but more could be done.)

Additional work is required here and there to remove formerly
hard-wired assumptions about the result type, collation, etc
of a SubscriptingRef expression node; and to remove assumptions
that the subscript values must be integers.

One useful side-effect of this is that we now have a less squishy
mechanism for identifying whether a data type is a "true" array:
instead of wiring in weird rules about typlen, we can look to see
if pg_type.typsubscript == F_ARRAY_SUBSCRIPT_HANDLER.  For this
to be bulletproof, we have to forbid user-defined types from using
that handler directly; but there seems no good reason for them to
do so.

This patch also removes assumptions that the number of subscripts
is limited to MAXDIM (6), or indeed has any hard-wired limit.
That limit still applies to types handled by array_subscript_handler
or raw_array_subscript_handler, but to discourage other dependencies
on this constant, I've moved it from c.h to utils/array.h.

Dmitry Dolgov, reviewed at various times by Tom Lane, Arthur Zakirov,
Peter Eisentraut, Pavel Stehule

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+q6zcVDuGBv=M0FqBYX8DPebS3F_0KQ6OVFobGJPM507_SZ_w@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+q6zcVovR+XY4mfk-7oNk-rF91gH0PebnNfuUjuuDsyHjOcVA@mail.gmail.com
2020-12-09 12:40:37 -05:00
Tom Lane a676386b58 Remove operator_precedence_warning.
This GUC was always intended as a temporary solution to help with
finding 9.4-to-9.5 migration issues.  Now that all pre-9.5 branches
are out of support, and 9.5 will be too before v14 is released,
it seems like it's okay to drop it.  Doing so allows removal of
several hundred lines of poorly-tested code in parse_expr.c,
which have been a fertile source of bugs when people did use this.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2234320.1607117945@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-12-08 16:29:52 -05:00
Michael Paquier b5913f6120 Refactor CLUSTER and REINDEX grammar to use DefElem for option lists
This changes CLUSTER and REINDEX so as a parenthesized grammar becomes
possible for options, while unifying the grammar parsing rules for
option lists with the existing ones.

This is a follow-up of the work done in 873ea9e for VACUUM, ANALYZE and
EXPLAIN.  This benefits REINDEX for a potential backend-side filtering
for collatable-sensitive indexes and TABLESPACE, while CLUSTER would
benefit from the latter.

Author: Alexey Kondratov, Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8a8f5f73-00d3-55f8-7583-1375ca8f6a91@postgrespro.ru
2020-12-03 10:13:21 +09:00
Tom Lane f7f83a55bf Ensure that expandTableLikeClause() re-examines the same table.
As it stood, expandTableLikeClause() re-did the same relation_openrv
call that transformTableLikeClause() had done.  However there are
scenarios where this would not find the same table as expected.
We hold lock on the LIKE source table, so it can't be renamed or
dropped, but another table could appear before it in the search path.
This explains the odd behavior reported in bug #16758 when cloning a
table as a temp table of the same name.  This case worked as expected
before commit 502898192 introduced the need to open the source table
twice, so we should fix it.

To make really sure we get the same table, let's re-open it by OID not
name.  That requires adding an OID field to struct TableLikeClause,
which is a little nervous-making from an ABI standpoint, but as long
as it's at the end I don't think there's any serious risk.

Per bug #16758 from Marc Boeren.  Like the previous patch,
back-patch to all supported branches.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16758-840e84a6cfab276d@postgresql.org
2020-12-01 14:02:27 -05:00
Tom Lane 8286223f3d Fix missing outfuncs.c support for IncrementalSortPath.
For debugging purposes, Path nodes are supposed to have outfuncs
support, but this was overlooked in the original incremental sort patch.

While at it, clean up a couple other minor oversights, as well as
bizarre choice of return type for create_incremental_sort_path().
(All the existing callers just cast it to "Path *" immediately, so
they don't care, but some future caller might care.)

outfuncs.c fix by Zhijie Hou, the rest by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/324c4d81d8134117972a5b1f6cdf9560@G08CNEXMBPEKD05.g08.fujitsu.local
2020-11-30 16:33:09 -05:00
Andrew Gierth 660b89928d Properly check index mark/restore in ExecSupportsMarkRestore.
Previously this code assumed that all IndexScan nodes supported
mark/restore, which is not true since it depends on optional index AM
support functions. This could lead to errors about missing support
functions in rare edge cases of mergejoins with no sort keys, where an
unordered non-btree index scan was placed on the inner path without a
protecting Materialize node. (Normally, the fact that merge join
requires ordered input would avoid this error.)

Backpatch all the way since this bug is ancient.

Per report from Eugen Konkov on irc.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87o8jn50be.fsf@news-spur.riddles.org.uk
2020-11-24 21:58:32 +00:00
Heikki Linnakangas 0a2bc5d61e Move per-agg and per-trans duplicate finding to the planner.
This has the advantage that the cost estimates for aggregates can count
the number of calls to transition and final functions correctly.

Bump catalog version, because views can contain Aggrefs.

Reviewed-by: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/b2e3536b-1dbc-8303-c97e-89cb0b4a9a48%40iki.fi
2020-11-24 10:45:00 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas 68b1a4877e Fix a few comments that referred to copy.c.
Missed these in the previous commit.
2020-11-23 11:36:13 +02:00
Tom Lane 926fa801ac Remove undocumented IS [NOT] OF syntax.
This feature was added a long time ago, in 7c1e67bd5 and eb121ba2c,
but never documented in any user-facing way.  (Documentation added
in 6126d3e70 was commented out almost immediately, in 8272fc3f7.)
That's because, while this syntax is defined by SQL:99, our
implementation is only vaguely related to the standard's semantics.
The standard appears to intend a run-time not parse-time test, and
it definitely intends that the test should understand subtype
relationships.

No one has stepped up to fix that in the intervening years, but
people keep coming across the code and asking why it's not documented.
Let's just get rid of it: if anyone ever wants to make it work per
spec, they can easily recover whatever parts of this code are still
of value from our git history.

If there's anyone out there who's actually using this despite its
undocumented status, they can switch to using pg_typeof() instead,
eg. "pg_typeof(something) = 'mytype'::regtype".  That gives
essentially the same semantics as what our IS OF code did.
(We didn't have that function last time this was discussed, or
we would have ripped out IS OF then.)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKFQuwZ2pTc-DSkOiTfjauqLYkNREeNZvWmeg12Q-_69D+sYZA@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/BAY20-F23E9F2B4DAB3E4E88D3623F99B0@phx.gbl
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3E7CF81D.1000203@joeconway.com
2020-11-19 17:39:39 -05:00
Tom Lane 92bf7e2d02 Provide the OR REPLACE option for CREATE TRIGGER.
This is mostly straightforward.  However, we disallow replacing
constraint triggers or changing the is-constraint property; perhaps
that can be added later, but the complexity versus benefit tradeoff
doesn't look very good.

Also, no special thought is taken here for whether replacing an
existing trigger should result in changes to queued-but-not-fired
trigger actions.  We just document that if you're surprised by the
results, too bad, don't do that.  (Note that any such pending trigger
activity would have to be within the current session.)

Takamichi Osumi, reviewed at various times by Surafel Temesgen,
Peter Smith, and myself

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0DDF369B45A1B44B8A687ED43F06557C010BC362@G01JPEXMBYT03
2020-11-14 17:05:34 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut a378ba49a5 Add pg_nodiscard decorations to some functions
Especially for the list API such as lappend() forgetting to assign the
return value is a common problem.

Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/e3753562-99cd-b65f-5aca-687dfd1ec2fc@2ndquadrant.com
2020-11-11 11:00:27 +01:00
Tom Lane 40c24bfef9 Improve our ability to regurgitate SQL-syntax function calls.
The SQL spec calls out nonstandard syntax for certain function calls,
for example substring() with numeric position info is supposed to be
spelled "SUBSTRING(string FROM start FOR count)".  We accept many
of these things, but up to now would not print them in the same format,
instead simplifying down to "substring"(string, start, count).
That's long annoyed me because it creates an interoperability
problem: we're gratuitously injecting Postgres-specific syntax into
what might otherwise be a perfectly spec-compliant view definition.
However, the real reason for addressing it right now is to support
a planned change in the semantics of EXTRACT() a/k/a date_part().
When we switch that to returning numeric, we'll have the parser
translate EXTRACT() to some new function name (might as well be
"extract" if you ask me) and then teach ruleutils.c to reverse-list
that per SQL spec.  In this way existing calls to date_part() will
continue to have the old semantics.

To implement this, invent a new CoercionForm value COERCE_SQL_SYNTAX,
and make the parser insert that rather than COERCE_EXPLICIT_CALL when
the input has SQL-spec decoration.  (But if the input has the form of
a plain function call, continue to mark it COERCE_EXPLICIT_CALL, even
if it's calling one of these functions.)  Then ruleutils.c recognizes
COERCE_SQL_SYNTAX as a cue to emit SQL call syntax.  It can know
which decoration to emit using hard-wired knowledge about the
functions that could be called this way.  (While this solution isn't
extensible without manual additions, neither is the grammar, so this
doesn't seem unmaintainable.)  Notice that this solution will
reverse-list a function call with SQL decoration only if it was
entered that way; so dump-and-reload will not by itself produce any
changes in the appearance of views.

This requires adding a CoercionForm field to struct FuncCall.
(I couldn't resist the temptation to rearrange that struct's
field order a tad while I was at it.)  FuncCall doesn't appear
in stored rules, so that change isn't a reason for a catversion
bump, but I did one anyway because the new enum value for
CoercionForm fields could confuse old backend code.

Possible future work:

* Perhaps CoercionForm should now be renamed to DisplayForm,
or something like that, to reflect its more general meaning.
This'd require touching a couple hundred places, so it's not
clear it's worth the code churn.

* The SQLValueFunction node type, which was invented partly for
the same goal of improving SQL-compatibility of view output,
could perhaps be replaced with regular function calls marked
with COERCE_SQL_SYNTAX.  It's unclear if this would be a net
code savings, however.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/42b73d2d-da12-ba9f-570a-420e0cce19d9@phystech.edu
2020-11-04 12:34:50 -05:00
Thomas Munro 257836a755 Track collation versions for indexes.
Record the current version of dependent collations in pg_depend when
creating or rebuilding an index.  When accessing the index later, warn
that the index may be corrupted if the current version doesn't match.

Thanks to Douglas Doole, Peter Eisentraut, Christoph Berg, Laurenz Albe,
Michael Paquier, Robert Haas, Tom Lane and others for very helpful
discussion.

Author: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Author: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com> (earlier versions)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm%3D0uEQCpfq_%2BLYFBdArCe4Ot98t1aR4eYiYTe%3DyavQygiQ%40mail.gmail.com
2020-11-03 01:19:50 +13:00
Thomas Munro 7d1297df08 Remove pg_collation.collversion.
This model couldn't be extended to cover the default collation, and
didn't have any information about the affected database objects when the
version changed.  Remove, in preparation for a follow-up commit that
will add a new mechanism.

Author: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm%3D0uEQCpfq_%2BLYFBdArCe4Ot98t1aR4eYiYTe%3DyavQygiQ%40mail.gmail.com
2020-11-03 00:44:59 +13:00
David Rowley a929e17e5a Allow run-time pruning on nested Append/MergeAppend nodes
Previously we only tagged on the required information to allow the
executor to perform run-time partition pruning for Append/MergeAppend
nodes belonging to base relations.  It was thought that nested
Append/MergeAppend nodes were just about always pulled up into the
top-level Append/MergeAppend and that making the run-time pruning info for
any sub Append/MergeAppend nodes was a waste of time.  However, that was
likely badly thought through.

Some examples of cases we're unable to pullup nested Append/MergeAppends
are: 1) Parallel Append nodes with a mix of parallel and non-parallel
paths into a Parallel Append.  2) When planning an ordered Append scan a
sub-partition which is unordered may require a nested MergeAppend path to
ensure sub-partitions don't mix up the order of tuples being fed into the
top-level Append.

Unfortunately, it was not just as simple as removing the lines in
createplan.c which were purposefully not building the run-time pruning
info for anything but RELOPT_BASEREL relations.  The code in
add_paths_to_append_rel() was far too sloppy about which partitioned_rels
it included for the Append/MergeAppend paths.  The original code there
would always assume accumulate_append_subpath() would pull each sub-Append
and sub-MergeAppend path into the top-level path.  While it does not
appear that there were any actual bugs caused by having the additional
partitioned table RT indexes recorded, what it did mean is that later in
planning, when we built the run-time pruning info that we wasted effort
and built PartitionedRelPruneInfos for partitioned tables that we had no
subpaths for the executor to run-time prune.

Here we tighten that up so that partitioned_rels only ever contains the RT
index for partitioned tables which actually have subpaths in the given
Append/MergeAppend.  We can now Assert that every PartitionedRelPruneInfo
has a non-empty present_parts.  That should allow us to catch any weird
corner cases that have been missed.

In passing, it seems there is no longer a good reason to have the
AppendPath and MergeAppendPath's partitioned_rel fields a List of IntList.
We can simply have a List of Relids instead.  This is more compact in
memory and faster to add new members to.  We still know which is the root
level partition as these always have a lower relid than their children.
Previously this field was used for more things, but run-time partition
pruning now remains the only user of it and it has no need for a List of
IntLists.

Here we also get rid of the RelOptInfo partitioned_child_rels field. This
is what was previously used to (sometimes incorrectly) set the
Append/MergeAppend path's partitioned_rels field.  That was the only usage
of that field, so we can happily just remove it.

I also couldn't resist changing some nearby code to make use of the newly
added for_each_from macro so we can skip the first element in the list
without checking if the current item was the first one on each
iteration.

A bug report from Andreas Kretschmer prompted all this work, however,
after some consideration, I'm not personally classing this as a bug fix.
So no backpatch.  In Andreas' test case, it just wasn't that clear that
there was a nested Append since the top-level Append just had a single
sub-path which was pulled up a level, per 8edd0e794.

Author: David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Amit Langote
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/flat/CAApHDvqSchs%2BubdybcfFaSPB%2B%2BEA7kqMaoqajtP0GtZvzOOR3g%40mail.gmail.com
2020-11-02 13:46:56 +13:00
Tom Lane ad77039fad Calculate extraUpdatedCols in query rewriter, not parser.
It's unsafe to do this at parse time because addition of generated
columns to a table would not invalidate stored rules containing
UPDATEs on the table ... but there might now be dependent generated
columns that were not there when the rule was made.  This also fixes
an oversight that rewriteTargetView failed to update extraUpdatedCols
when transforming an UPDATE on an updatable view.  (Since the new
calculation is downstream of that, rewriteTargetView doesn't actually
need to do anything; but before, there was a demonstrable bug there.)

In v13 and HEAD, this leads to easily-visible bugs because (since
commit c6679e4fc) we won't recalculate generated columns that aren't
listed in extraUpdatedCols.  In v12 this bitmap is mostly just used
for trigger-firing decisions, so you'd only notice a problem if a
trigger cared whether a generated column had been updated.

I'd complained about this back in May, but then forgot about it
until bug #16671 from Michael Paul Killian revived the issue.

Back-patch to v12 where this field was introduced.  If existing
stored rules contain any extraUpdatedCols values, they'll be
ignored because the rewriter will overwrite them, so the bug will
be fixed even for existing rules.  (But note that if someone were
to update to 13.1 or 12.5, store some rules with UPDATEs on tables
having generated columns, and then downgrade to a prior minor version,
they might observe issues similar to what this patch fixes.  That
seems unlikely enough to not be worth going to a lot of effort to fix.)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/10206.1588964727@sss.pgh.pa.us
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16671-2fa55851859fb166@postgresql.org
2020-10-28 13:47:02 -04:00
Tom Lane ad1c36b070 Fix foreign-key selectivity estimation in the presence of constants.
get_foreign_key_join_selectivity() looks for join clauses that equate
the two sides of the FK constraint.  However, if we have a query like
"WHERE fktab.a = pktab.a and fktab.a = 1", it won't find any such join
clause, because equivclass.c replaces the given clauses with "fktab.a
= 1 and pktab.a = 1", which can be enforced at the scan level, leaving
nothing to be done for column "a" at the join level.

We can fix that expectation without much trouble, but then a new problem
arises: applying the foreign-key-based selectivity rule produces a
rowcount underestimate, because we're effectively double-counting the
selectivity of the "fktab.a = 1" clause.  So we have to cancel that
selectivity out of the estimate.

To fix, refactor process_implied_equality() so that it can pass back the
new RestrictInfo to its callers in equivclass.c, allowing the generated
"fktab.a = 1" clause to be saved in the EquivalenceClass's ec_derives
list.  Then it's not much trouble to dig out the relevant RestrictInfo
when we need to adjust an FK selectivity estimate.  (While at it, we
can also remove the expensive use of initialize_mergeclause_eclasses()
to set up the new RestrictInfo's left_ec and right_ec pointers.
The equivclass.c code can set those basically for free.)

This seems like clearly a bug fix, but I'm hesitant to back-patch it,
first because there's some API/ABI risk for extensions and second because
we're usually loath to destabilize plan choices in stable branches.

Per report from Sigrid Ehrenreich.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1019549.1603770457@sss.pgh.pa.us
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/AM6PR02MB5287A0ADD936C1FA80973E72AB190@AM6PR02MB5287.eurprd02.prod.outlook.com
2020-10-28 11:15:47 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas fb5883da86 Remove PartitionRoutingInfo struct.
The extra indirection neeeded to access its members via its enclosing
ResultRelInfo seems pointless. Move all the fields from
PartitionRoutingInfo to ResultRelInfo.

Author: Amit Langote
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CA%2BHiwqFViT47Zbr_ASBejiK7iDG8%3DQ1swQ-tjM6caRPQ67pT%3Dw%40mail.gmail.com
2020-10-19 14:42:55 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas 6973533650 Revise child-to-root tuple conversion map management.
Store the tuple conversion map to convert a tuple from a child table's
format to the root format in a new ri_ChildToRootMap field in
ResultRelInfo. It is initialized if transition tuple capture for FOR
STATEMENT triggers or INSERT tuple routing on a partitioned table is
needed. Previously, ModifyTable kept the maps in the per-subplan
ModifyTableState->mt_per_subplan_tupconv_maps array, or when tuple
routing was used, in
ResultRelInfo->ri_Partitioninfo->pi_PartitionToRootMap. The new field
replaces both of those.

Now that the child-to-root tuple conversion map is always available in
ResultRelInfo (when needed), remove the TransitionCaptureState.tcs_map
field. The callers of Exec*Trigger() functions no longer need to set or
save it, which is much less confusing and bug-prone. Also, as a future
optimization, this will allow us to delay creating the map for a given
result relation until the relation is actually processed during
execution.

Author: Amit Langote
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CA%2BHiwqHtCWLdK-LO%3DNEsvOdHx%2B7yv4mE_zYK0i3BH7dXb-wxog%40mail.gmail.com
2020-10-19 14:42:55 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas f49b85d783 Clean up code to resolve the "root target relation" in nodeModifyTable.c
When executing DDL on a partitioned table or on a table with inheritance
children, statement-level triggers must be fired against the table given
in the original statement. The code to look that up was a bit messy and
duplicative. Commit 501ed02cf6 added a helper function,
getASTriggerResultRelInfo() (later renamed to getTargetResultRelInfo())
for it, but for some reason it was only used when firing AFTER STATEMENT
triggers and the code to fire BEFORE STATEMENT triggers duplicated the
logic.

Determine the target relation in ExecInitModifyTable(), and set it always
in ModifyTableState. Code that used to call getTargetResultRelInfo() can
now use ModifyTableState->rootResultRelInfo directly.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CA%2BHiwqFViT47Zbr_ASBejiK7iDG8%3DQ1swQ-tjM6caRPQ67pT%3Dw%40mail.gmail.com
2020-10-19 14:42:40 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas a04daa97a4 Remove es_result_relation_info from EState.
Maintaining 'es_result_relation_info' correctly at all times has become
cumbersome, especially with partitioning where each partition gets its
own result relation info. Having to set and reset it across arbitrary
operations has caused bugs in the past.

This changes all the places that used 'es_result_relation_info', to
receive the currently active ResultRelInfo via function parameters
instead.

Author: Amit Langote
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CA%2BHiwqGEmiib8FLiHMhKB%2BCH5dRgHSLc5N5wnvc4kym%2BZYpQEQ%40mail.gmail.com
2020-10-14 11:41:40 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas 178f2d560d Include result relation info in direct modify ForeignScan nodes.
FDWs that can perform an UPDATE/DELETE remotely using the "direct modify"
set of APIs need to access the ResultRelInfo of the target table. That's
currently available in EState.es_result_relation_info, but the next
commit will remove that field.

This commit adds a new resultRelation field in ForeignScan, to store the
target relation's RT index, and the corresponding ResultRelInfo in
ForeignScanState. The FDW's PlanDirectModify callback is expected to set
'resultRelation' along with 'operation'. The core code doesn't need them
for anything, they are for the convenience of FDW's Begin- and
IterateDirectModify callbacks.

Authors: Amit Langote, Etsuro Fujita
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CA%2BHiwqGEmiib8FLiHMhKB%2BCH5dRgHSLc5N5wnvc4kym%2BZYpQEQ%40mail.gmail.com
2020-10-14 10:58:38 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas 1375422c78 Create ResultRelInfos later in InitPlan, index them by RT index.
Instead of allocating all the ResultRelInfos upfront in one big array,
allocate them in ExecInitModifyTable(). es_result_relations is now an
array of ResultRelInfo pointers, rather than an array of structs, and it
is indexed by the RT index.

This simplifies things: we get rid of the separate concept of a "result
rel index", and don't need to set it in setrefs.c anymore. This also
allows follow-up optimizations (not included in this commit yet) to skip
initializing ResultRelInfos for target relations that were not needed at
runtime, and removal of the es_result_relation_info pointer.

The EState arrays of regular result rels and root result rels are merged
into one array. Similarly, the resultRelations and rootResultRelations
lists in PlannedStmt are merged into one. It's not actually clear to me
why they were kept separate in the first place, but now that the
es_result_relations array is indexed by RT index, it certainly seems
pointless.

The PlannedStmt->resultRelations list is now only needed for
ExecRelationIsTargetRelation(). One visible effect of this change is that
ExecRelationIsTargetRelation() will now return 'true' also for the
partition root, if a partitioned table is updated. That seems like a good
thing, although the function isn't used in core code, and I don't see any
reason for an FDW to call it on a partition root.

Author: Amit Langote
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CA%2BHiwqGEmiib8FLiHMhKB%2BCH5dRgHSLc5N5wnvc4kym%2BZYpQEQ%40mail.gmail.com
2020-10-13 12:57:02 +03:00
Tom Lane 56fe008996 Add for_each_from, to simplify loops starting from non-first list cells.
We have a dozen or so places that need to iterate over all but the
first cell of a List.  Prior to v13 this was typically written as
	for_each_cell(lc, lnext(list_head(list)))
Commit 1cff1b95a changed these to
	for_each_cell(lc, list, list_second_cell(list))
This patch introduces a new macro for_each_from() which expresses
the start point as a list index, allowing these to be written as
	for_each_from(lc, list, 1)
This is marginally more efficient, since ForEachState.i can be
initialized directly instead of backing into it from a ListCell
address.  It also seems clearer and less typo-prone.

Some of the remaining uses of for_each_cell() look like they could
profitably be changed to for_each_from(), but here I confined myself
to changing uses of list_second_cell().

Also, fix for_each_cell_setup() and for_both_cell_setup() to
const-ify their arguments; that's a simple oversight in 1cff1b95a.

Back-patch into v13, on the grounds that (1) the const-ification
is a minor bug fix, and (2) it's better for back-patching purposes
if we only have two ways to write these loops rather than three.

In HEAD, also remove list_third_cell() and list_fourth_cell(),
which were also introduced in 1cff1b95a, and are unused as of
cc99baa43.  It seems unlikely that any third-party code would
have started to use them already; anyone who has can be directed
to list_nth_cell instead.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvpo1zj9KhEpU2cCRZfSM3Q6XGdhzuAS2v79PH7WJBkYVA@mail.gmail.com
2020-09-28 20:33:13 -04:00
David Rowley cc99baa43e Improve pg_list.h's linitial(), lsecond() and co macros
Prior to this commit, the linitial(), lsecond(), lthird(), lfourth()
macros and their int and Oid list cousins would call their corresponding
inlined function to fetch the cell of interest.  Those inline functions
were kind enough to return NULL if the particular cell did not exist.
Unfortunately, the care that these functions took was of no relevance to
the calling macros as they proceeded to directly dereference the returned
value without any regard to whether that value was NULL or not.  If it had
been, we'd have segfaulted.

Of course, the fact that we would have segfaulted on misuse of these
macros just goes to prove that nobody is relying on the empty or list too
small checks.  So here we just get rid of those checks completely.

The existing inline functions have been left alone as someone may be using
those directly.  We just replace the call within each macro to use
list_nth_cell().

For the llast*() case we require a new list_last_cell() inline function to
get away from the multiple evaluation hazard that we'd get if we fetched
->length on the macro's parameter.

Author: David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvpo1zj9KhEpU2cCRZfSM3Q6XGdhzuAS2v79PH7WJBkYVA@mail.gmail.com
2020-09-28 14:47:19 +13:00
Tom Lane 41efb83408 Move resolution of AlternativeSubPlan choices to the planner.
When commit bd3daddaf introduced AlternativeSubPlans, I had some
ambitions towards allowing the choice of subplan to change during
execution.  That has not happened, or even been thought about, in the
ensuing twelve years; so it seems like a failed experiment.  So let's
rip that out and resolve the choice of subplan at the end of planning
(in setrefs.c) rather than during executor startup.  This has a number
of positive benefits:

* Removal of a few hundred lines of executor code, since
AlternativeSubPlans need no longer be supported there.

* Removal of executor-startup overhead (particularly, initialization
of subplans that won't be used).

* Removal of incidental costs of having a larger plan tree, such as
tree-scanning and copying costs in the plancache; not to mention
setrefs.c's own costs of processing the discarded subplans.

* EXPLAIN no longer has to print a weird (and undocumented)
representation of an AlternativeSubPlan choice; it sees only the
subplan actually used.  This should mean less confusion for users.

* Since setrefs.c knows which subexpression of a plan node it's
working on at any instant, it's possible to adjust the estimated
number of executions of the subplan based on that.  For example,
we should usually estimate more executions of a qual expression
than a targetlist expression.  The implementation used here is
pretty simplistic, because we don't want to expend a lot of cycles
on the issue; but it's better than ignoring the point entirely,
as the executor had to.

That last point might possibly result in shifting the choice
between hashed and non-hashed EXISTS subplans in a few cases,
but in general this patch isn't meant to change planner choices.
Since we're doing the resolution so late, it's really impossible
to change any plan choices outside the AlternativeSubPlan itself.

Patch by me; thanks to David Rowley for review.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1992952.1592785225@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-09-27 12:51:28 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut 45b9805706 Allow CURRENT_ROLE where CURRENT_USER is accepted
In the particular case of GRANTED BY, this is specified in the SQL
standard.  Since in PostgreSQL, CURRENT_ROLE is equivalent to
CURRENT_USER, and CURRENT_USER is already supported here, adding
CURRENT_ROLE is trivial.  The other cases are PostgreSQL extensions,
but for the same reason it also makes sense there.

Reviewed-by: Vik Fearing <vik@postgresfriends.org>
Reviewed-by: Asif Rehman <asifr.rehman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/f2feac44-b4c5-f38f-3699-2851d6a76dc9%402ndquadrant.com
2020-09-17 11:40:08 +02:00
Tom Lane 2000b6c10a Don't fetch partition check expression during InitResultRelInfo.
Since there is only one place that actually needs the partition check
expression, namely ExecPartitionCheck, it's better to fetch it from
the relcache there.  In this way we will never fetch it at all if
the query never has use for it, and we still fetch it just once when
we do need it.

The reason for taking an interest in this is that if the relcache
doesn't already have the check expression cached, fetching it
requires obtaining AccessShareLock on the partition root.  That
means that operations that look like they should only touch the
partition itself will also take a lock on the root.  In particular
we observed that TRUNCATE on a partition may take a lock on the
partition's root, contributing to a deadlock situation in parallel
pg_restore.

As written, this patch does have a small cost, which is that we
are microscopically reducing efficiency for the case where a partition
has an empty check expression.  ExecPartitionCheck will be called,
and will go through the motions of setting up and checking an empty
qual, where before it would not have been called at all.  We could
avoid that by adding a separate boolean flag to track whether there
is a partition expression to test.  However, this case only arises
for a default partition with no siblings, which surely is not an
interesting case in practice.  Hence adding complexity for it
does not seem like a good trade-off.

Amit Langote, per a suggestion by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/VI1PR03MB31670CA1BD9625C3A8C5DD05EB230@VI1PR03MB3167.eurprd03.prod.outlook.com
2020-09-16 14:28:18 -04:00
Michael Paquier 844c05abc3 Remove variable "concurrent" from ReindexStmt
This node already handles multiple options using a bitmask, so having a
separate boolean flag is not necessary.  This simplifies the code a bit
with less arguments to give to the reindex routines, by replacing the
boolean with an equivalent bitmask value.

Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200902110326.GA14963@paquier.xyz
2020-09-04 10:43:32 +09:00
Michael Paquier 01767533e3 Fix thinko with definition of REINDEXOPT_MISSING_OK
This had no direct consequences, but let's be consistent and it would be
confusing when adding new flags.  Oversight in 1d65416.

Reported-by: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200902024148.GB20149@telsasoft.com
2020-09-02 14:56:59 +09:00
Michael Paquier 1d65416661 Improve handling of dropped relations for REINDEX DATABASE/SCHEMA/SYSTEM
When multiple relations are reindexed, a scan of pg_class is done first
to build the list of relations to work on.  However the REINDEX logic
has never checked if a relation listed still exists when beginning the
work on it, causing for example sudden cache lookup failures.

This commit adds safeguards against dropped relations for REINDEX,
similarly to VACUUM or CLUSTER where we try to open the relation,
ignoring it if it is missing.  A new option is added to the REINDEX
routines to control if a missed relation is OK to ignore or not.

An isolation test, based on REINDEX SCHEMA, is added for the concurrent
and non-concurrent cases.

Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Anastasia Lubennikova
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200813043805.GE11663@paquier.xyz
2020-09-02 09:08:12 +09:00
Tom Lane 5028981923 Fix handling of CREATE TABLE LIKE with inheritance.
If a CREATE TABLE command uses both LIKE and traditional inheritance,
Vars in CHECK constraints and expression indexes that are absorbed
from a LIKE parent table tended to get mis-numbered, resulting in
wrong answers and/or bizarre error messages (though probably not any
actual crashes, thanks to validation occurring in the executor).

In v12 and up, the same could happen to Vars in GENERATED expressions,
even in cases with no LIKE clause but multiple traditional-inheritance
parents.

The cause of the problem for LIKE is that parse_utilcmd.c supposed
it could renumber such Vars correctly during transformCreateStmt(),
which it cannot since we have not yet accounted for columns added via
inheritance.  Fix that by postponing processing of LIKE INCLUDING
CONSTRAINTS, DEFAULTS, GENERATED, INDEXES till after we've performed
DefineRelation().

The error with GENERATED and multiple inheritance is a simple oversight
in MergeAttributes(); it knows it has to renumber Vars in inherited
CHECK constraints, but forgot to apply the same processing to inherited
GENERATED expressions (a/k/a defaults).

Per bug #16272 from Tom Gottfried.  The non-GENERATED variants of the
issue are ancient, presumably dating right back to the addition of
CREATE TABLE LIKE; hence back-patch to all supported branches.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16272-6e32da020e9a9381@postgresql.org
2020-08-21 15:00:47 -04:00
Tom Lane 2072932407 Suppress unnecessary RelabelType nodes in yet more cases.
Commit a477bfc1d fixed eval_const_expressions() to ensure that it
didn't generate unnecessary RelabelType nodes, but I failed to notice
that some other places in the planner had the same issue.  Really
noplace in the planner should be using plain makeRelabelType(), for
fear of generating expressions that should be equal() to semantically
equivalent trees, but aren't.

An example is that because canonicalize_ec_expression() failed
to be careful about this, we could end up with an equivalence class
containing both a plain Const, and a Const-with-RelabelType
representing exactly the same value.  So far as I can tell this led to
no visible misbehavior, but we did waste a bunch of cycles generating
and evaluating "Const = Const-with-RelabelType" to prove such entries
are redundant.

Hence, move the support function added by a477bfc1d to where it can
be more generally useful, and use it in the places where planner code
previously used makeRelabelType.

Back-patch to v12, like the previous patch.  While I have no concrete
evidence of any real misbehavior here, it's certainly possible that
I overlooked a case where equivalent expressions that aren't equal()
could cause a user-visible problem.  In any case carrying extra
RelabelType nodes through planning to execution isn't very desirable.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1311836.1597781384@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-08-19 14:07:49 -04:00
Tom Lane 1e7629d2c9 Be more careful about the shape of hashable subplan clauses.
nodeSubplan.c expects that the testexpr for a hashable ANY SubPlan
has the form of one or more OpExprs whose LHS is an expression of the
outer query's, while the RHS is an expression over Params representing
output columns of the subquery.  However, the planner only went as far
as verifying that the clauses were all binary OpExprs.  This works
99.99% of the time, because the clauses have the right shape when
emitted by the parser --- but it's possible for function inlining to
break that, as reported by PegoraroF10.  To fix, teach the planner
to check that the LHS and RHS contain the right things, or more
accurately don't contain the wrong things.  Given that this has been
broken for years without anyone noticing, it seems sufficient to just
give up hashing when it happens, rather than go to the trouble of
commuting the clauses back again (which wouldn't necessarily work
anyway).

While poking at that, I also noticed that nodeSubplan.c had a baked-in
assumption that the number of hash clauses is identical to the number
of subquery output columns.  Again, that's fine as far as parser output
goes, but it's not hard to break it via function inlining.  There seems
little reason for that assumption though --- AFAICS, the only thing
it's buying us is not having to store the number of hash clauses
explicitly.  Adding code to the planner to reject such cases would take
more code than getting nodeSubplan.c to cope, so I fixed it that way.

This has been broken for as long as we've had hashable SubPlans,
so back-patch to all supported branches.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1549209182255-0.post@n3.nabble.com
2020-08-14 22:14:03 -04:00
David Rowley 6ee3b5fb99 Use int64 instead of long in incremental sort code
Windows 64bit has 4-byte long values which is not suitable for tracking
disk space usage in the incremental sort code. Let's just make all these
fields int64s.

Author: James Coleman
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvpky%2BUhof8mryPf5i%3D6e6fib2dxHqBrhp0Qhu0NeBhLJw%40mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 13, where the incremental sort code was added
2020-08-02 14:24:46 +12:00
Jeff Davis 2302302236 HashAgg: before spilling tuples, set unneeded columns to NULL.
This is a replacement for 4cad2534. Instead of projecting all tuples
going into a HashAgg, only remove unnecessary attributes when actually
spilling. This avoids the regression for the in-memory case.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a2fb7dfeb4f50aa0a123e42151ee3013933cb802.camel%40j-davis.com
Backpatch-through: 13
2020-07-12 22:59:32 -07:00
Michael Paquier cc35d8933a Rename field "relkind" to "objtype" for CTAS and ALTER TABLE nodes
"relkind" normally refers to the char field from pg_class.  However, in
the parse nodes AlterTableStmt and CreateTableAsStmt, "relkind" was used
for a field of type enum ObjectType, that could refer to other object
types than those possible for a relkind.  Such fields being usually
named "objtype", switch the name in both structures to make things more
consistent.  Note that this led to some confusion in functions that
also operate on a RangeTableEntry object, which also has a field named
"relkind".

This naming goes back to commit 09d4e96, where only OBJECT_TABLE and
OBJECT_INDEX were used.  This got extended later to use as well
OBJECT_TYPE with e440e12, not really a relation kind.

Author: Mark Dilger
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/609181AE-E399-47C7-9221-856E0F96BF93@enterprisedb.com
2020-07-11 13:32:28 +09:00
Andres Freund a9a4a7ad56 code: replace most remaining uses of 'master'.
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: David Steele
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200615182235.x7lch5n6kcjq4aue@alap3.anarazel.de
2020-07-08 13:24:35 -07:00
David Rowley 9bdb300ded Fix EXPLAIN ANALYZE for parallel HashAgg plans
Since 1f39bce02, HashAgg nodes have had the ability to spill to disk when
memory consumption exceeds work_mem. That commit added new properties to
EXPLAIN ANALYZE to show the maximum memory usage and disk usage, however,
it didn't quite go as far as showing that information for parallel
workers.  Since workers may have experienced something very different from
the main process, we should show this information per worker, as is done
in Sort.

Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-by: Jeff Davis
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvpEKbfZa18mM1TD7qV6PG+w97pwCWq5tVD0dX7e11gRJw@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 13, where the hashagg spilling code was added.
2020-06-19 17:24:27 +12:00
Tom Lane 5cbfce562f Initial pgindent and pgperltidy run for v13.
Includes some manual cleanup of places that pgindent messed up,
most of which weren't per project style anyway.

Notably, it seems some people didn't absorb the style rules of
commit c9d297751, because there were a bunch of new occurrences
of function calls with a newline just after the left paren, all
with faulty expectations about how the rest of the call would get
indented.
2020-05-14 13:06:50 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera 5fc703946b
Add ALTER .. NO DEPENDS ON
Commit f2fcad27d5 (9.6 era) added the ability to mark objects as
dependent an extension, but forgot to add a way for such dependencies to
be removed.  This commit fixes that oversight.

Strictly speaking this should be backpatched to 9.6, but due to lack of
demand we're not doing so at this time.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200217225333.GA30974@alvherre.pgsql
Reviewed-by: ahsan hadi <ahsan.hadi@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ibrar Ahmed <ibrar.ahmad@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2020-04-20 13:42:12 -04:00
Tom Lane 969f9d0b4b Make EXPLAIN report maximum hashtable usage across multiple rescans.
Before discarding the old hash table in ExecReScanHashJoin, capture
its statistics, ensuring that we report the maximum hashtable size
across repeated rescans of the hash input relation.  We can repurpose
the existing code for reporting hashtable size in parallel workers
to help with this, making the patch pretty small.  This also ensures
that if rescans happen within parallel workers, we get the correct
maximums across all instances.

Konstantin Knizhnik and Tom Lane, per diagnosis by Thomas Munro
of a trouble report from Alvaro Herrera.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200323165059.GA24950@alvherre.pgsql
2020-04-11 12:39:19 -04:00
Alexander Korotkov 1aac32df89 Revert 0f5ca02f53
0f5ca02f53 introduces 3 new keywords.  It appears to be too much for relatively
small feature.  Given now we past feature freeze, it's already late for
discussion of the new syntax.  So, revert.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/28209.1586294824%40sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-04-08 11:37:27 +03:00
Tom Lane 981643dcdb Allow partitionwise join to handle nested FULL JOIN USING cases.
This case didn't work because columns merged by FULL JOIN USING are
represented in the parse tree by COALESCE expressions, and the logic
for recognizing a partitionable join failed to match upper-level join
clauses to such expressions.  To fix, synthesize suitable COALESCE
expressions and add them to the nullable_partexprs lists.  This is
pretty ugly and brute-force, but it gets the job done.  (I have
ambitions of rethinking the way outer-join output Vars are
represented, so maybe that will provide a cleaner solution someday.
For now, do this.)

Amit Langote, reviewed by Justin Pryzby, Richard Guo, and myself

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqG2WVUGmLJqtR0tPFhniO=H=9qQ+Z3L_ZC+Y3-EVQHFGg@mail.gmail.com
2020-04-07 22:12:14 -04:00
Etsuro Fujita c8434d64ce Allow partitionwise joins in more cases.
Previously, the partitionwise join technique only allowed partitionwise
join when input partitioned tables had exactly the same partition
bounds.  This commit extends the technique to some cases when the tables
have different partition bounds, by using an advanced partition-matching
algorithm introduced by this commit.  For both the input partitioned
tables, the algorithm checks whether every partition of one input
partitioned table only matches one partition of the other input
partitioned table at most, and vice versa.  In such a case the join
between the tables can be broken down into joins between the matching
partitions, so the algorithm produces the pairs of the matching
partitions, plus the partition bounds for the join relation, to allow
partitionwise join for computing the join.  Currently, the algorithm
works for list-partitioned and range-partitioned tables, but not
hash-partitioned tables.  See comments in partition_bounds_merge().

Ashutosh Bapat and Etsuro Fujita, most of regression tests by Rajkumar
Raghuwanshi, some of the tests by Mark Dilger and Amul Sul, reviewed by
Dmitry Dolgov and Amul Sul, with additional review at various points by
Ashutosh Bapat, Mark Dilger, Robert Haas, Antonin Houska, Amit Langote,
Justin Pryzby, and Tomas Vondra

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFjFpRdjQvaUEV5DJX3TW6pU5eq54NCkadtxHX2JiJG_GvbrCA@mail.gmail.com
2020-04-08 10:25:00 +09:00
Alexander Korotkov 0f5ca02f53 Implement waiting for given lsn at transaction start
This commit adds following optional clause to BEGIN and START TRANSACTION
commands.

  WAIT FOR LSN lsn [ TIMEOUT timeout ]

New clause pospones transaction start till given lsn is applied on standby.
This clause allows user be sure, that changes previously made on primary would
be visible on standby.

New shared memory struct is used to track awaited lsn per backend.  Recovery
process wakes up backend once required lsn is applied.

Author: Ivan Kartyshov, Anna Akenteva
Reviewed-by: Craig Ringer, Thomas Munro, Robert Haas, Kyotaro Horiguchi
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada, Ants Aasma, Dmitry Ivanov, Simon Riggs
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Alexander Korotkov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0240c26c-9f84-30ea-fca9-93ab2df5f305%40postgrespro.ru
2020-04-07 23:51:10 +03:00
Alvaro Herrera 357889eb17
Support FETCH FIRST WITH TIES
WITH TIES is an option to the FETCH FIRST N ROWS clause (the SQL
standard's spelling of LIMIT), where you additionally get rows that
compare equal to the last of those N rows by the columns in the
mandatory ORDER BY clause.

There was a proposal by Andrew Gierth to implement this functionality in
a more powerful way that would yield more features, but the other patch
had not been finished at this time, so we decided to use this one for
now in the spirit of incremental development.

Author: Surafel Temesgen <surafel3000@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALAY4q9ky7rD_A4vf=FVQvCGngm3LOes-ky0J6euMrg=_Se+ag@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87o8wvz253.fsf@news-spur.riddles.org.uk
2020-04-07 16:22:13 -04:00
Tomas Vondra d2d8a229bc Implement Incremental Sort
Incremental Sort is an optimized variant of multikey sort for cases when
the input is already sorted by a prefix of the requested sort keys. For
example when the relation is already sorted by (key1, key2) and we need
to sort it by (key1, key2, key3) we can simply split the input rows into
groups having equal values in (key1, key2), and only sort/compare the
remaining column key3.

This has a number of benefits:

- Reduced memory consumption, because only a single group (determined by
  values in the sorted prefix) needs to be kept in memory. This may also
  eliminate the need to spill to disk.

- Lower startup cost, because Incremental Sort produce results after each
  prefix group, which is beneficial for plans where startup cost matters
  (like for example queries with LIMIT clause).

We consider both Sort and Incremental Sort, and decide based on costing.

The implemented algorithm operates in two different modes:

- Fetching a minimum number of tuples without check of equality on the
  prefix keys, and sorting on all columns when safe.

- Fetching all tuples for a single prefix group and then sorting by
  comparing only the remaining (non-prefix) keys.

We always start in the first mode, and employ a heuristic to switch into
the second mode if we believe it's beneficial - the goal is to minimize
the number of unnecessary comparions while keeping memory consumption
below work_mem.

This is a very old patch series. The idea was originally proposed by
Alexander Korotkov back in 2013, and then revived in 2017. In 2018 the
patch was taken over by James Coleman, who wrote and rewrote most of the
current code.

There were many reviewers/contributors since 2013 - I've done my best to
pick the most active ones, and listed them in this commit message.

Author: James Coleman, Alexander Korotkov
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra, Andreas Karlsson, Marti Raudsepp, Peter Geoghegan, Robert Haas, Thomas Munro, Antonin Houska, Andres Freund, Alexander Kuzmenkov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdscOX5an71nHd8WSUH6GNOCf=V7wgDaTXdDd9=goN-gfA@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfds1waRZ=NOmueYq0sx1ZSCnt+5QJvizT8ndT2=etZEeAQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-04-06 21:35:10 +02:00
Noah Misch c6b92041d3 Skip WAL for new relfilenodes, under wal_level=minimal.
Until now, only selected bulk operations (e.g. COPY) did this.  If a
given relfilenode received both a WAL-skipping COPY and a WAL-logged
operation (e.g. INSERT), recovery could lose tuples from the COPY.  See
src/backend/access/transam/README section "Skipping WAL for New
RelFileNode" for the new coding rules.  Maintainers of table access
methods should examine that section.

To maintain data durability, just before commit, we choose between an
fsync of the relfilenode and copying its contents to WAL.  A new GUC,
wal_skip_threshold, guides that choice.  If this change slows a workload
that creates small, permanent relfilenodes under wal_level=minimal, try
adjusting wal_skip_threshold.  Users setting a timeout on COMMIT may
need to adjust that timeout, and log_min_duration_statement analysis
will reflect time consumption moving to COMMIT from commands like COPY.

Internally, this requires a reliable determination of whether
RollbackAndReleaseCurrentSubTransaction() would unlink a relation's
current relfilenode.  Introduce rd_firstRelfilenodeSubid.  Amend the
specification of rd_createSubid such that the field is zero when a new
rel has an old rd_node.  Make relcache.c retain entries for certain
dropped relations until end of transaction.

Bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC, since this introduces XLOG_GIST_ASSIGN_LSN.
Future servers accept older WAL, so this bump is discretionary.

Kyotaro Horiguchi, reviewed (in earlier, similar versions) by Robert
Haas.  Heikki Linnakangas and Michael Paquier implemented earlier
designs that materially clarified the problem.  Reviewed, in earlier
designs, by Andrew Dunstan, Andres Freund, Alvaro Herrera, Tom Lane,
Fujii Masao, and Simon Riggs.  Reported by Martijn van Oosterhout.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20150702220524.GA9392@svana.org
2020-04-04 12:25:34 -07:00
Tom Lane 0568e7a2a4 Cosmetic improvements for code related to partitionwise join.
Move have_partkey_equi_join and match_expr_to_partition_keys to
relnode.c, since they're used only there.  Refactor
build_joinrel_partition_info to split out the code that fills the
joinrel's partition key lists; this doesn't have any non-cosmetic
impact, but it seems like a useful separation of concerns.
Improve assorted nearby comments.

Amit Langote, with a little further editorialization by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqG2WVUGmLJqtR0tPFhniO=H=9qQ+Z3L_ZC+Y3-EVQHFGg@mail.gmail.com
2020-04-03 17:00:35 -04:00
Alexander Korotkov 911e702077 Implement operator class parameters
PostgreSQL provides set of template index access methods, where opclasses have
much freedom in the semantics of indexing.  These index AMs are GiST, GIN,
SP-GiST and BRIN.  There opclasses define representation of keys, operations on
them and supported search strategies.  So, it's natural that opclasses may be
faced some tradeoffs, which require user-side decision.  This commit implements
opclass parameters allowing users to set some values, which tell opclass how to
index the particular dataset.

This commit doesn't introduce new storage in system catalog.  Instead it uses
pg_attribute.attoptions, which is used for table column storage options but
unused for index attributes.

In order to evade changing signature of each opclass support function, we
implement unified way to pass options to opclass support functions.  Options
are set to fn_expr as the constant bytea expression.  It's possible due to the
fact that opclass support functions are executed outside of expressions, so
fn_expr is unused for them.

This commit comes with some examples of opclass options usage.  We parametrize
signature length in GiST.  That applies to multiple opclasses: tsvector_ops,
gist__intbig_ops, gist_ltree_ops, gist__ltree_ops, gist_trgm_ops and
gist_hstore_ops.  Also we parametrize maximum number of integer ranges for
gist__int_ops.  However, the main future usage of this feature is expected
to be json, where users would be able to specify which way to index particular
json parts.

Catversion is bumped.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d22c3a18-31c7-1879-fc11-4c1ce2f5e5af%40postgrespro.ru
Author: Nikita Glukhov, revised by me
Reviwed-by: Nikolay Shaplov, Robert Haas, Tom Lane, Tomas Vondra, Alvaro Herrera
2020-03-30 19:17:23 +03:00
Noah Misch de9396326e Revert "Skip WAL for new relfilenodes, under wal_level=minimal."
This reverts commit cb2fd7eac2.  Per
numerous buildfarm members, it was incompatible with parallel query, and
a test case assumed LP64.  Back-patch to 9.5 (all supported versions).

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200321224920.GB1763544@rfd.leadboat.com
2020-03-22 09:24:09 -07:00
Noah Misch cb2fd7eac2 Skip WAL for new relfilenodes, under wal_level=minimal.
Until now, only selected bulk operations (e.g. COPY) did this.  If a
given relfilenode received both a WAL-skipping COPY and a WAL-logged
operation (e.g. INSERT), recovery could lose tuples from the COPY.  See
src/backend/access/transam/README section "Skipping WAL for New
RelFileNode" for the new coding rules.  Maintainers of table access
methods should examine that section.

To maintain data durability, just before commit, we choose between an
fsync of the relfilenode and copying its contents to WAL.  A new GUC,
wal_skip_threshold, guides that choice.  If this change slows a workload
that creates small, permanent relfilenodes under wal_level=minimal, try
adjusting wal_skip_threshold.  Users setting a timeout on COMMIT may
need to adjust that timeout, and log_min_duration_statement analysis
will reflect time consumption moving to COMMIT from commands like COPY.

Internally, this requires a reliable determination of whether
RollbackAndReleaseCurrentSubTransaction() would unlink a relation's
current relfilenode.  Introduce rd_firstRelfilenodeSubid.  Amend the
specification of rd_createSubid such that the field is zero when a new
rel has an old rd_node.  Make relcache.c retain entries for certain
dropped relations until end of transaction.

Back-patch to 9.5 (all supported versions).  This introduces a new WAL
record type, XLOG_GIST_ASSIGN_LSN, without bumping XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC.  As
always, update standby systems before master systems.  This changes
sizeof(RelationData) and sizeof(IndexStmt), breaking binary
compatibility for affected extensions.  (The most recent commit to
affect the same class of extensions was
089e4d405d0f3b94c74a2c6a54357a84a681754b.)

Kyotaro Horiguchi, reviewed (in earlier, similar versions) by Robert
Haas.  Heikki Linnakangas and Michael Paquier implemented earlier
designs that materially clarified the problem.  Reviewed, in earlier
designs, by Andrew Dunstan, Andres Freund, Alvaro Herrera, Tom Lane,
Fujii Masao, and Simon Riggs.  Reported by Martijn van Oosterhout.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20150702220524.GA9392@svana.org
2020-03-21 09:38:26 -07:00
Jeff Davis 2fd6a44ad5 Revert "Specialize MemoryContextMemAllocated()."
This reverts commit e00912e11a.
2020-03-19 12:21:50 -07:00
Jeff Davis 1f39bce021 Disk-based Hash Aggregation.
While performing hash aggregation, track memory usage when adding new
groups to a hash table. If the memory usage exceeds work_mem, enter
"spill mode".

In spill mode, new groups are not created in the hash table(s), but
existing groups continue to be advanced if input tuples match. Tuples
that would cause a new group to be created are instead spilled to a
logical tape to be processed later.

The tuples are spilled in a partitioned fashion. When all tuples from
the outer plan are processed (either by advancing the group or
spilling the tuple), finalize and emit the groups from the hash
table. Then, create new batches of work from the spilled partitions,
and select one of the saved batches and process it (possibly spilling
recursively).

Author: Jeff Davis
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra, Adam Lee, Justin Pryzby, Taylor Vesely, Melanie Plageman
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/507ac540ec7c20136364b5272acbcd4574aa76ef.camel@j-davis.com
2020-03-18 15:42:02 -07:00
Jeff Davis e00912e11a Specialize MemoryContextMemAllocated().
An AllocSet doubles the size of allocated blocks (up to maxBlockSize),
which means that the current block can represent half of the total
allocated space for the memory context. But the free space in the
current block may never have been touched, so don't count the
untouched memory as allocated for the purposes of
MemoryContextMemAllocated().

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ec63d70b668818255486a83ffadc3aec492c1f57.camel@j-davis.com
2020-03-18 15:39:14 -07:00
Tom Lane fe30e7ebfa Allow ALTER TYPE to change some properties of a base type.
Specifically, this patch allows ALTER TYPE to:
* Change the default TOAST strategy for a toastable base type;
* Promote a non-toastable type to toastable;
* Add/remove binary I/O functions for a type;
* Add/remove typmod I/O functions for a type;
* Add/remove a custom ANALYZE statistics functions for a type.

The first of these can be done by the type's owner; all the others
require superuser privilege since misuse could cause problems.

The main motivation for this patch is to allow extensions to
upgrade the feature sets of their data types, so the set of
alterable properties is biased towards that use-case.  However
it's also true that changing some other properties would be
a lot harder, as they get baked into physical storage and/or
stored expressions that depend on the type.

Along the way, refactor GenerateTypeDependencies() to make it easier
to call, refactor DefineType's volatility checks so they can be shared
by AlterType, and teach typcache.c that it might have to reload data
from the type's pg_type row, a scenario it never handled before.
Also rearrange alter_type.sgml a bit for clarity (put the
composite-type operations together).

Tomas Vondra and Tom Lane

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200228004440.b23ein4qvmxnlpht@development
2020-03-06 12:19:29 -05:00
Jeff Davis 32bb4535a0 Fix commit c11cb17d.
I neglected to update copyfuncs/outfuncs/readfuncs.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/12491.1582833409%40sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-02-28 09:35:11 -08:00
Jeff Davis c11cb17dc5 Save calculated transitionSpace in Agg node.
This will be useful in the upcoming Hash Aggregation work to improve
estimates for hash table sizing.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/37091115219dd522fd9ed67333ee8ed1b7e09443.camel%40j-davis.com
2020-02-27 11:20:56 -08:00
Robert Haas 07b95c3d83 Move bitmap_hash and bitmap_match to bitmapset.c.
The closely-related function bms_hash_value is already defined in that
file, and this change means that hashfn.c no longer needs to depend on
nodes/bitmapset.h. That gets us closer to allowing use of the hash
functions in hashfn.c in frontend code.

Patch by me, reviewed by Suraj Kharage and Mark Dilger.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoaRiG4TXND8QuM6JXFRkM_1wL2ZNhzaUKsuec9-4yrkgw@mail.gmail.com
2020-02-24 17:17:43 +05:30
Peter Eisentraut c6679e4fca Optimize update of tables with generated columns
When updating a table row with generated columns, only recompute those
generated columns whose base columns have changed in this update and
keep the rest unchanged.  This can result in a significant performance
benefit.  The required information was already kept in
RangeTblEntry.extraUpdatedCols; we just have to make use of it.

Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/b05e781a-fa16-6b52-6738-761181204567@2ndquadrant.com
2020-02-17 15:20:58 +01:00
Andres Freund 1fdb7f9789 expression eval: Don't redundantly keep track of AggState.
It's already tracked via ExprState->parent, so we don't need to also
include it in ExprEvalStep. When that code originally was written
ExprState->parent didn't exist, but it since has been introduced in
6719b238e8.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191023163849.sosqbfs5yenocez3@alap3.anarazel.de
2020-02-06 19:54:43 -08:00
Tom Lane 41c6f9db25 Repair more failures with SubPlans in multi-row VALUES lists.
Commit 9b63c13f0 turns out to have been fundamentally misguided:
the parent node's subPlan list is by no means the only way in which
a child SubPlan node can be hooked into the outer execution state.
As shown in bug #16213 from Matt Jibson, we can also get short-lived
tuple table slots added to the outer es_tupleTable list.  At this point
I have little faith that there aren't other possible connections as
well; the long time it took to notice this problem shows that this
isn't a heavily-exercised situation.

Therefore, revert that fix, returning to the coding that passed a
NULL parent plan pointer down to the transiently-built subexpressions.
That gives us a pretty good guarantee that they won't hook into the
outer executor state in any way.  But then we need some other solution
to make SubPlans work.  Adopt the solution speculated about in the
previous commit's log message: do expression initialization at plan
startup for just those VALUES rows containing SubPlans, abandoning the
goal of reclaiming memory intra-query for those rows.  In practice it
seems unlikely that queries containing a vast number of VALUES rows
would be using SubPlans in them, so this should not give up much.

(BTW, this test case also refutes my claim in connection with the prior
commit that the issue only arises with use of LATERAL.  That was just
wrong: some variants of SubLink always produce SubPlans.)

As with previous patch, back-patch to all supported branches.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16213-871ac3bc208ecf23@postgresql.org
2020-01-17 16:17:31 -05:00
Tom Lane 1281a5c907 Restructure ALTER TABLE execution to fix assorted bugs.
We've had numerous bug reports about how (1) IF NOT EXISTS clauses in
ALTER TABLE don't behave as-expected, and (2) combining certain actions
into one ALTER TABLE doesn't work, though executing the same actions as
separate statements does.  This patch cleans up all of the cases so far
reported from the field, though there are still some oddities associated
with identity columns.

The core problem behind all of these bugs is that we do parse analysis
of ALTER TABLE subcommands too soon, before starting execution of the
statement.  The root of the bugs in group (1) is that parse analysis
schedules derived commands (such as a CREATE SEQUENCE for a serial
column) before it's known whether the IF NOT EXISTS clause should cause
a subcommand to be skipped.  The root of the bugs in group (2) is that
earlier subcommands may change the catalog state that later subcommands
need to be parsed against.

Hence, postpone parse analysis of ALTER TABLE's subcommands, and do
that one subcommand at a time, during "phase 2" of ALTER TABLE which
is the phase that does catalog rewrites.  Thus the catalog effects
of earlier subcommands are already visible when we analyze later ones.
(The sole exception is that we do parse analysis for ALTER COLUMN TYPE
subcommands during phase 1, so that their USING expressions can be
parsed against the table's original state, which is what we need.
Arguably, these bugs stem from falsely concluding that because ALTER
COLUMN TYPE must do early parse analysis, every other command subtype
can too.)

This means that ALTER TABLE itself must deal with execution of any
non-ALTER-TABLE derived statements that are generated by parse analysis.
Add a suitable entry point to utility.c to accept those recursive
calls, and create a struct to pass through the information needed by
the recursive call, rather than making the argument lists of
AlterTable() and friends even longer.

Getting this to work correctly required a little bit of fiddling
with the subcommand pass structure, in particular breaking up
AT_PASS_ADD_CONSTR into multiple passes.  But otherwise it's mostly
a pretty straightforward application of the above ideas.

Fixing the residual issues for identity columns requires refactoring of
where the dependency link from an identity column to its sequence gets
set up.  So that seems like suitable material for a separate patch,
especially since this one is pretty big already.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/10365.1558909428@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-01-15 18:49:24 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut f595117e24 ALTER TABLE ... ALTER COLUMN ... DROP EXPRESSION
Add an ALTER TABLE subcommand for dropping the generated property from
a column, per SQL standard.

Reviewed-by: Sergei Kornilov <sk@zsrv.org>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/2f7f1d9c-946e-0453-d841-4f38eb9d69b6%402ndquadrant.com
2020-01-14 13:36:03 +01:00
Tom Lane 9ce77d75c5 Reconsider the representation of join alias Vars.
The core idea of this patch is to make the parser generate join alias
Vars (that is, ones with varno pointing to a JOIN RTE) only when the
alias Var is actually different from any raw join input, that is a type
coercion and/or COALESCE is necessary to generate the join output value.
Otherwise just generate varno/varattno pointing to the relevant join
input column.

In effect, this means that the planner's flatten_join_alias_vars()
transformation is already done in the parser, for all cases except
(a) columns that are merged by JOIN USING and are transformed in the
process, and (b) whole-row join Vars.  In principle that would allow
us to skip doing flatten_join_alias_vars() in many more queries than
we do now, but we don't have quite enough infrastructure to know that
we can do so --- in particular there's no cheap way to know whether
there are any whole-row join Vars.  I'm not sure if it's worth the
trouble to add a Query-level flag for that, and in any case it seems
like fit material for a separate patch.  But even without skipping the
work entirely, this should make flatten_join_alias_vars() faster,
particularly where there are nested joins that it previously had to
flatten recursively.

An essential part of this change is to replace Var nodes'
varnoold/varoattno fields with varnosyn/varattnosyn, which have
considerably more tightly-defined meanings than the old fields: when
they differ from varno/varattno, they identify the Var's position in
an aliased JOIN RTE, and the join alias is what ruleutils.c should
print for the Var.  This is necessary because the varno change
destroyed ruleutils.c's ability to find the JOIN RTE from the Var's
varno.

Another way in which this change broke ruleutils.c is that it's no
longer feasible to determine, from a JOIN RTE's joinaliasvars list,
which join columns correspond to which columns of the join's immediate
input relations.  (If those are sub-joins, the joinaliasvars entries
may point to columns of their base relations, not the sub-joins.)
But that was a horrid mess requiring a lot of fragile assumptions
already, so let's just bite the bullet and add some more JOIN RTE
fields to make it more straightforward to figure that out.  I added
two integer-List fields containing the relevant column numbers from
the left and right input rels, plus a count of how many merged columns
there are.

This patch depends on the ParseNamespaceColumn infrastructure that
I added in commit 5815696bc.  The biggest bit of code change is
restructuring transformFromClauseItem's handling of JOINs so that
the ParseNamespaceColumn data is propagated upward correctly.

Other than that and the ruleutils fixes, everything pretty much
just works, though some processing is now inessential.  I grabbed
two pieces of low-hanging fruit in that line:

1. In find_expr_references, we don't need to recurse into join alias
Vars anymore.  There aren't any except for references to merged USING
columns, which are more properly handled when we scan the join's RTE.
This change actually fixes an edge-case issue: we will now record a
dependency on any type-coercion function present in a USING column's
joinaliasvar, even if that join column has no references in the query
text.  The odds of the missing dependency causing a problem seem quite
small: you'd have to posit somebody dropping an implicit cast between
two data types, without removing the types themselves, and then having
a stored rule containing a whole-row Var for a join whose USING merge
depends on that cast.  So I don't feel a great need to change this in
the back branches.  But in theory this way is more correct.

2. markRTEForSelectPriv and markTargetListOrigin don't need to recurse
into join alias Vars either, because the cases they care about don't
apply to alias Vars for USING columns that are semantically distinct
from the underlying columns.  This removes the only case in which
markVarForSelectPriv could be called with NULL for the RTE, so adjust
the comments to describe that hack as being strictly internal to
markRTEForSelectPriv.

catversion bump required due to changes in stored rules.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7115.1577986646@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-01-09 11:56:59 -05:00
Bruce Momjian 7559d8ebfa Update copyrights for 2020
Backpatch-through: update all files in master, backpatch legal files through 9.4
2020-01-01 12:21:45 -05:00
Michael Paquier 7854e07f25 Revert "Rename files and headers related to index AM"
This follows multiple complains from Peter Geoghegan, Andres Freund and
Alvaro Herrera that this issue ought to be dug more before actually
happening, if it happens.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191226144606.GA5659@alvherre.pgsql
2019-12-27 08:09:00 +09:00
Michael Paquier 8ce3aa9b59 Rename files and headers related to index AM
The following renaming is done so as source files related to index
access methods are more consistent with table access methods (the
original names used for index AMs ware too generic, and could be
confused as including features related to table AMs):
- amapi.h -> indexam.h.
- amapi.c -> indexamapi.c.  Here we have an equivalent with
backend/access/table/tableamapi.c.
- amvalidate.c -> indexamvalidate.c.
- amvalidate.h -> indexamvalidate.h.
- genam.c -> indexgenam.c.
- genam.h -> indexgenam.h.

This has been discussed during the development of v12 when table AM was
worked on, but the renaming never happened.

Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Fabien Coelho, Julien Rouhaud
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191223053434.GF34339@paquier.xyz
2019-12-25 10:23:39 +09:00
Tom Lane 6ea364e7e7 Prevent overly-aggressive collapsing of joins to RTE_RESULT relations.
The RTE_RESULT simplification logic added by commit 4be058fe9 had a
flaw: it would collapse out a RTE_RESULT that is due to compute a
PlaceHolderVar, and reassign the PHV to the parent join level, even if
another input relation of the join contained a lateral reference to
the PHV.  That can't work because the PHV would be computed too late.
In practice it led to failures of internal sanity checks later in
planning (either assertion failures or errors such as "failed to
construct the join relation").

To fix, add code to check for the presence of such PHVs in relevant
portions of the query tree.  Notably, this required refactoring
range_table_walker so that a caller could ask to walk individual RTEs
not the whole list.  (It might be a good idea to refactor
range_table_mutator in the same way, if only to keep those functions
looking similar; but I didn't do so here as it wasn't necessary for
the bug fix.)

This exercise also taught me that find_dependent_phvs(), as it stood,
could only safely be used on the entire Query, not on subtrees.
Adjust its API to reflect that; which in passing allows it to have
a fast path for the common case of no PHVs anywhere.

Per report from Will Leinweber.  Back-patch to v12 where the bug
was introduced.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALLb-4xJMd4GZt2YCecMC95H-PafuWNKcmps4HLRx2NHNBfB4g@mail.gmail.com
2019-12-14 13:49:15 -05:00
Tom Lane 5935917ce5 Allow executor startup pruning to prune all child nodes.
Previously, if the startup pruning logic proved that all child nodes
of an Append or MergeAppend could be pruned, we still kept one, just
to keep EXPLAIN from failing.  The previous commit removed the
ruleutils.c limitation that required this kluge, so drop it.  That
results in less-confusing EXPLAIN output, as per a complaint from
Yuzuko Hosoya.

David Rowley

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/001001d4f44b$2a2cca50$7e865ef0$@lab.ntt.co.jp
2019-12-11 17:05:30 -05:00
Tom Lane 6ef77cf46e Further adjust EXPLAIN's choices of table alias names.
This patch causes EXPLAIN to always assign a separate table alias to the
parent RTE of an append relation (inheritance set); before, such RTEs
were ignored if not actually scanned by the plan.  Since the child RTEs
now always have that same alias to start with (cf. commit 55a1954da),
the net effect is that the parent RTE usually gets the alias used or
implied by the query text, and the children all get that alias with "_N"
appended.  (The exception to "usually" is if there are duplicate aliases
in different subtrees of the original query; then some of those original
RTEs will also have "_N" appended.)

This results in more uniform output for partitioned-table plans than
we had before: the partitioned table itself gets the original alias,
and all child tables have aliases with "_N", rather than the previous
behavior where one of the children would get an alias without "_N".

The reason for giving the parent RTE an alias, even if it isn't scanned
by the plan, is that we now use the parent's alias to qualify Vars that
refer to an appendrel output column and appear above the Append or
MergeAppend that computes the appendrel.  But below the append, Vars
refer to some one of the child relations, and are displayed that way.
This seems clearer than the old behavior where a Var that could carry
values from any child relation was displayed as if it referred to only
one of them.

While at it, change ruleutils.c so that the code paths used by EXPLAIN
deal in Plan trees not PlanState trees.  This effectively reverts a
decision made in commit 1cc29fe7c, which seemed like a good idea at
the time to make ruleutils.c consistent with explain.c.  However,
it's problematic because we'd really like to allow executor startup
pruning to remove all the children of an append node when possible,
leaving no child PlanState to resolve Vars against.  (That's not done
here, but will be in the next patch.)  This requires different handling
of subplans and initplans than before, but is otherwise a pretty
straightforward change.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/001001d4f44b$2a2cca50$7e865ef0$@lab.ntt.co.jp
2019-12-11 17:05:18 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera ba79cb5dc8 Emit parameter values during query bind/execute errors
This makes such log entries more useful, since the cause of the error
can be dependent on the parameter values.

Author: Alexey Bashtanov, Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0146a67b-a22a-0519-9082-bc29756b93a2@imap.cc
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut, Andres Freund, Tom Lane
2019-12-11 18:03:35 -03:00
Jeff Davis 30d47723fd Fix comments in execGrouping.c
Commit 5dfc1981 missed updating some comments.

Also, fix a comment typo found in passing.

Author: Jeff Davis
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9723131d247b919f94699152647fa87ee0bc02c2.camel%40j-davis.com
2019-12-06 11:49:59 -08:00
Tom Lane ce76c0ba53 Add a reverse-translation column number array to struct AppendRelInfo.
This provides for cheaper mapping of child columns back to parent
columns.  The one existing use-case in examine_simple_variable()
would hardly justify this by itself; but an upcoming bug fix will
make use of this array in a mainstream code path, and it seems
likely that we'll find other uses for it as we continue to build
out the partitioning infrastructure.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/12424.1575168015@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-12-02 18:05:29 -05:00
Amit Kapila e0487223ec Make the order of the header file includes consistent.
Similar to commits 14aec03502, 7e735035f2 and dddf4cdc33, this commit
makes the order of header file inclusion consistent in more places.

Author: Vignesh C
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALDaNm2Sznv8RR6Ex-iJO6xAdsxgWhCoETkaYX=+9DW3q0QCfA@mail.gmail.com
2019-11-25 08:08:57 +05:30
Amit Kapila 1379fd537f Introduce the 'force' option for the Drop Database command.
This new option terminates the other sessions connected to the target
database and then drop it.  To terminate other sessions, the current user
must have desired permissions (same as pg_terminate_backend()).  We don't
allow to terminate the sessions if prepared transactions, active logical
replication slots or subscriptions are present in the target database.

Author: Pavel Stehule with changes by me
Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar, Vignesh C, Ibrar Ahmed, Anthony Nowocien,
Ryan Lambert and Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAP_rwwmLJJbn70vLOZFpxGw3XD7nLB_7+NKz46H5EOO2k5H7OQ@mail.gmail.com
2019-11-13 08:25:33 +05:30
Tomas Vondra f2369bc610 Use Size instead of int64 to track allocated memory
Commit 5dd7fc1519 added block-level memory accounting, but used int64 variable to
track the amount of allocated memory. That is incorrect, because we have Size for
exactly these purposes, but it was mostly harmless until c477f3e449 which changed
how we handle with repalloc() when downsizing the chunk. Previously we've ignored
these cases and just kept using the original chunk, but now we need to update the
accounting, and the code was doing this:

    context->mem_allocated += blksize - oldblksize;

Both blksize and oldblksize are Size (so unsigned) which means the subtraction
underflows, producing a very high positive value. On 64-bit platforms (where Size
has the same size as mem_alllocated) this happens to work because the result wraps
to the right value, but on (some) 32-bit platforms this fails.

This fixes two things - it changes mem_allocated (and related variables) to Size,
and it splits the update to two separate steps, to prevent any underflows.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/15151.1570163761%40sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-10-04 16:10:56 +02:00
Andrew Gierth b7a1c5539a Selectively include window frames in expression walks/mutates.
query_tree_walker and query_tree_mutator were skipping the
windowClause of the query, without regard for the fact that the
startOffset and endOffset in a WindowClause node are expression trees
that need to be processed. This was an oversight in commit ec4be2ee6
from 2010 which added the expression fields; the main symptom is that
function parameters in window frame clauses don't work in inlined
functions.

Fix (as conservatively as possible since this needs to not break
existing out-of-tree callers) and add tests.

Backpatch all the way, since this has been broken since 9.0.

Per report from Alastair McKinley; fix by me with kibitzing and review
from Tom Lane.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/DB6PR0202MB2904E7FDDA9D81504D1E8C68E3800@DB6PR0202MB2904.eurprd02.prod.outlook.com
2019-10-03 10:54:52 +01:00
Tomas Vondra 5dd7fc1519 Add transparent block-level memory accounting
Adds accounting of memory allocated in a memory context. Compared to
various ad hoc solutions, the main advantage is that the accounting is
transparent and does not require direct control over allocations (this
matters for use cases where the allocations happen in user code, like
for example aggregate states allocated in a transition functions).

To reduce overhead, the accounting happens at the block level (not for
individual chunks) and only the context immediately owning the block is
updated. When inquiring about amount of memory allocated in a context,
we have to recursively walk all children contexts.

This "lazy" accounting works well for cases with relatively small number
of contexts in the relevant subtree and/or with infrequent inquiries.

Author: Jeff Davis
Reivewed-by: Tomas Vondra, Melanie Plageman, Soumyadeep Chakraborty
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/027a129b8525601c6a680d27ce3a7172dab61aab.camel@j-davis.com
2019-10-01 03:13:39 +02:00
Andres Freund 30d1379658 Fix ExprState's tag to be of type NodeTag rather than Node.
This appears to have been an oversight in b8d7f053c5. As it's
effectively harmless, though confusing, only fix in master.

Author: Andres Freund
2019-09-23 15:28:13 -07:00
Alvaro Herrera ce5d04b646 Fix under-parenthesized macro definitions
Lack of parens in the definitions could cause a statement using these
macros to have unexpected semantics.  In current code no bug is
apparent, but best to fix the definitions to avoid problems down the
line.

Reported-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/19795.1568400476@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-09-13 16:26:55 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera 6212276e43 Fix progress reporting of CLUSTER / VACUUM FULL
The progress state was being clobbered once the first index completed
being rebuilt, causing the final phases of the operation not show
anything in the progress view.  This was inadvertently broken in
03f9e5cba0, which added progress tracking for REINDEX.

(The reason this bugfix is this small is that I had already noticed this
problem when writing monitoring for CREATE INDEX, and had already worked
around it, as can be seen in discussion starting at
https://postgr.es/m/20190329150218.GA25010@alvherre.pgsql Fixing the
problem is just a matter of fixing one place touched by the REINDEX
monitoring.)

Reported by: Álvaro Herrera
Author: Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190801184333.GA21369@alvherre.pgsql
2019-09-13 14:54:26 -03:00
Tomas Vondra d06215d03b Allow setting statistics target for extended statistics
When building statistics, we need to decide how many rows to sample and
how accurate the resulting statistics should be. Until now, it was not
possible to explicitly define statistics target for extended statistics
objects, the value was always computed from the per-attribute targets
with a fallback to the system-wide default statistics target.

That's a bit inconvenient, as it ties together the statistics target set
for per-column and extended statistics. In some cases it may be useful
to require larger sample / higher accuracy for extended statics (or the
other way around), but with this approach that's not possible.

So this commit introduces a new command, allowing to specify statistics
target for individual extended statistics objects, overriding the value
derived from per-attribute targets (and the system default).

  ALTER STATISTICS stat_name SET STATISTICS target_value;

When determining statistics target for an extended statistics object we
first look at this explicitly set value. When this value is -1, we fall
back to the old formula, looking at the per-attribute targets first and
then the system default. This means the behavior is backwards compatible
with older PostgreSQL releases.

Author: Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190618213357.vli3i23vpkset2xd@development
Reviewed-by: Kirk Jamison, Dean Rasheed
2019-09-11 00:25:51 +02:00
Andres Freund 27cc7cd2bc Reorder EPQ work, to fix rowmark related bugs and improve efficiency.
In ad0bda5d24 I changed the EvalPlanQual machinery to store
substitution tuples in slot, instead of using plain HeapTuples. The
main motivation for that was that using HeapTuples will be inefficient
for future tableams.  But it turns out that that conversion was buggy
for non-locking rowmarks - the wrong tuple descriptor was used to
create the slot.

As a secondary issue 5db6df0c0 changed ExecLockRows() to begin EPQ
earlier, to allow to fetch the locked rows directly into the EPQ
slots, instead of having to copy tuples around. Unfortunately, as Tom
complained, that forces some expensive initialization to happen
earlier.

As a third issue, the test coverage for EPQ was clearly insufficient.

Fixing the first issue is unfortunately not trivial: Non-locked row
marks were fetched at the start of EPQ, and we don't have the type
information for the rowmarks available at that point. While we could
change that, it's not easy. It might be worthwhile to change that at
some point, but to fix this bug, it seems better to delay fetching
non-locking rowmarks when they're actually needed, rather than
eagerly. They're referenced at most once, and in cases where EPQ
fails, might never be referenced. Fetching them when needed also
increases locality a bit.

To be able to fetch rowmarks during execution, rather than
initialization, we need to be able to access the active EPQState, as
that contains necessary data. To do so move EPQ related data from
EState to EPQState, and, only for EStates creates as part of EPQ,
reference the associated EPQState from EState.

To fix the second issue, change EPQ initialization to allow use of
EvalPlanQualSlot() to be used before EvalPlanQualBegin() (but
obviously still requiring EvalPlanQualInit() to have been done).

As these changes made struct EState harder to understand, e.g. by
adding multiple EStates, significantly reorder the members, and add a
lot more comments.

Also add a few more EPQ tests, including one that fails for the first
issue above. More is needed.

Reported-By: yi huang
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Tom Lane
Discussion:
    https://postgr.es/m/CAHU7rYZo_C4ULsAx_LAj8az9zqgrD8WDd4hTegDTMM1LMqrBsg@mail.gmail.com
    https://postgr.es/m/24530.1562686693@sss.pgh.pa.us
Backpatch: 12-, where the EPQ changes were introduced
2019-09-09 05:14:11 -07:00
Andres Freund fb3b098fe8 Remove fmgr.h includes from headers that don't really need it.
Most of the fmgr.h includes were obsoleted by 352a24a1f9. A
few others can be obsoleted using the underlying struct type in an
implementation detail.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190803193733.g3l3x3o42uv4qj7l@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-08-16 10:35:31 -07:00
Michael Paquier 66bde49d96 Fix inconsistencies and typos in the tree, take 10
This addresses some issues with unnecessary code comments, fixes various
typos in docs and comments, and removes some orphaned structures and
definitions.

Author: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9aabc775-5494-b372-8bcb-4dfc0bd37c68@gmail.com
2019-08-13 13:53:41 +09:00
Tom Lane 3c926587b5 Remove EState.es_range_table_array.
Now that list_nth is O(1), there's no good reason to maintain a
separate array of RTE pointers rather than indexing into
estate->es_range_table.  Deleting the array doesn't save all that
much either; but just on cleanliness grounds, it's better not to
have duplicate representations of the identical information.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/14960.1565384592@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-08-12 11:58:35 -04:00
Tom Lane 5ee190f8ec Rationalize use of list_concat + list_copy combinations.
In the wake of commit 1cff1b95a, the result of list_concat no longer
shares the ListCells of the second input.  Therefore, we can replace
"list_concat(x, list_copy(y))" with just "list_concat(x, y)".

To improve call sites that were list_copy'ing the first argument,
or both arguments, invent "list_concat_copy()" which produces a new
list sharing no ListCells with either input.  (This is a bit faster
than "list_concat(list_copy(x), y)" because it makes the result list
the right size to start with.)

In call sites that were not list_copy'ing the second argument, the new
semantics mean that we are usually leaking the second List's storage,
since typically there is no remaining pointer to it.  We considered
inventing another list_copy variant that would list_free the second
input, but concluded that for most call sites it isn't worth worrying
about, given the relative compactness of the new List representation.
(Note that in cases where such leakage would happen, the old code
already leaked the second List's header; so we're only discussing
the size of the leak not whether there is one.  I did adjust two or
three places that had been troubling to free that header so that
they manually free the whole second List.)

Patch by me; thanks to David Rowley for review.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/11587.1550975080@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-08-12 11:20:18 -04:00
Tom Lane 1661a40505 Cosmetic improvements in setup of planner's per-RTE arrays.
Merge setup_append_rel_array into setup_simple_rel_arrays.  There's no
particularly good reason to keep them separate, and it's inconsistent
with the lack of separation in expand_planner_arrays.  The only apparent
benefit was that the fast path for trivial queries in query_planner()
doesn't need to set up the append_rel_array; but all we're saving there
is an if-test and NULL assignment, which surely ought to be negligible.

Also improve some obsolete comments.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17220.1565301350@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-08-09 12:33:43 -04:00
Andres Freund 2abd7ae9b2 Fix representation of hash keys in Hash/HashJoin nodes.
In 5f32b29c18 I changed the creation of HashState.hashkeys to
actually use HashState as the parent (instead of HashJoinState, which
was incorrect, as they were executed below HashState), to fix the
problem of hashkeys expressions otherwise relying on slot types
appropriate for HashJoinState, rather than HashState as would be
correct. That reliance was only introduced in 12, which is why it
previously worked to use HashJoinState as the parent (although I'd be
unsurprised if there were problematic cases).

Unfortunately that's not a sufficient solution, because before this
commit, the to-be-hashed expressions referenced inner/outer as
appropriate for the HashJoin, not Hash. That didn't have obvious bad
consequences, because the slots containing the tuples were put into
ecxt_innertuple when hashing a tuple for HashState (even though Hash
doesn't have an inner plan).

There are less common cases where this can cause visible problems
however (rather than just confusion when inspecting such executor
trees). E.g. "ERROR: bogus varno: 65000", when explaining queries
containing a HashJoin where the subsidiary Hash node's hash keys
reference a subplan. While normally hashkeys aren't displayed by
EXPLAIN, if one of those expressions references a subplan, that
subplan may be printed as part of the Hash node - which then failed
because an inner plan was referenced, and Hash doesn't have that.

It seems quite possible that there's other broken cases, too.

Fix the problem by properly splitting the expression for the HashJoin
and Hash nodes at plan time, and have them reference the proper
subsidiary node. While other workarounds are possible, fixing this
correctly seems easy enough. It was a pretty ugly hack to have
ExecInitHashJoin put the expression into the already initialized
HashState, in the first place.

I decided to not just split inner/outer hashkeys inside
make_hashjoin(), but also to separate out hashoperators and
hashcollations at plan time. Otherwise we would have ended up having
two very similar loops, one at plan time and the other during executor
startup. The work seems to more appropriately belong to plan time,
anyway.

Reported-By: Nikita Glukhov, Alexander Korotkov
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Tom Lane, in an earlier version
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdvGVegF_TKKRiBrSmatJL2dR9uwFCuR+teQ_8tEXU8mxg@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 12-
2019-08-02 00:02:46 -07:00
Michael Paquier 7cce159349 Fix handling of expressions and predicates in REINDEX CONCURRENTLY
When copying the definition of an index rebuilt concurrently for the new
entry, the index information was taken directly from the old index using
the relation cache.  In this case, predicates and expressions have
some post-processing to prepare things for the planner, which loses some
information including the collations added in any of them.

This inconsistency can cause issues when attempting for example a table
rewrite, and makes the new indexes rebuilt concurrently inconsistent
with the old entries.

In order to fix the problem, fetch expressions and predicates directly
from the catalog of the old entry, and fill in IndexInfo for the new
index with that.  This makes the process more consistent with
DefineIndex(), and the code is refactored with the addition of a routine
to create an IndexInfo node.

Reported-by: Manuel Rigger
Author: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+u7OA5Hp0ra235F3czPom_FyAd-3+XwSJmX95r1+sRPOJc9VQ@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 12
2019-07-29 09:58:49 +09:00
David Rowley 3373c71553 Speed up finding EquivalenceClasses for a given set of rels
Previously in order to determine which ECs a relation had members in, we
had to loop over all ECs stored in PlannerInfo's eq_classes and check if
ec_relids mentioned the relation.  For the most part, this was fine, as
generally, unless queries were fairly complex, the overhead of performing
the lookup would have not been that significant.  However, when queries
contained large numbers of joins and ECs, the overhead to find the set of
classes matching a given set of relations could become a significant
portion of the overall planning effort.

Here we allow a much more efficient method to access the ECs which match a
given relation or set of relations.  A new Bitmapset field in RelOptInfo
now exists to store the indexes into PlannerInfo's eq_classes list which
each relation is mentioned in.  This allows very fast lookups to find all
ECs belonging to a single relation.  When we need to lookup ECs belonging
to a given pair of relations, we can simply bitwise-AND the Bitmapsets from
each relation and use the result to perform the lookup.

We also take the opportunity to write a new implementation of
generate_join_implied_equalities which makes use of the new indexes.
generate_join_implied_equalities_for_ecs must remain as is as it can be
given a custom list of ECs, which we can't easily determine the indexes of.

This was originally intended to fix the performance penalty of looking up
foreign keys matching a join condition which was introduced by 100340e2d.
However, we're speeding up much more than just that here.

Author: David Rowley, Tom Lane
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/6970.1545327857@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-07-21 17:30:58 +12:00
Tom Lane d97b714a21 Avoid using lcons and list_delete_first where it's easy to do so.
Formerly, lcons was about the same speed as lappend, but with the new
List implementation, that's not so; with a long List, data movement
imposes an O(N) cost on lcons and list_delete_first, but not lappend.

Hence, invent list_delete_last with semantics parallel to
list_delete_first (but O(1) cost), and change various places to use
lappend and list_delete_last where this can be done without much
violence to the code logic.

There are quite a few places that construct result lists using lcons not
lappend.  Some have semantic rationales for that; I added comments about
it to a couple that didn't have them already.  In many such places though,
I think the coding is that way only because back in the dark ages lcons
was faster than lappend.  Hence, switch to lappend where this can be done
without causing semantic changes.

In ExecInitExprRec(), this results in aggregates and window functions that
are in the same plan node being executed in a different order than before.
Generally, the executions of such functions ought to be independent of
each other, so this shouldn't result in visibly different query results.
But if you push it, as one regression test case does, you can show that
the order is different.  The new order seems saner; it's closer to
the order of the functions in the query text.  And we never documented
or promised anything about this, anyway.

Also, in gistfinishsplit(), don't bother building a reverse-order list;
it's easy now to iterate backwards through the original list.

It'd be possible to go further towards removing uses of lcons and
list_delete_first, but it'd require more extensive logic changes,
and I'm not convinced it's worth it.  Most of the remaining uses
deal with queues that probably never get long enough to be worth
sweating over.  (Actually, I doubt that any of the changes in this
patch will have measurable performance effects either.  But better
to have good examples than bad ones in the code base.)

Patch by me, thanks to David Rowley and Daniel Gustafsson for review.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/21272.1563318411@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-07-17 11:15:34 -04:00
Tom Lane c245776906 Remove lappend_cell...() family of List functions.
It seems worth getting rid of these functions because they require the
caller to retain a ListCell pointer into a List that it's modifying,
which is a dangerous practice with the new List implementation.
(The only other List-modifying function that takes a ListCell pointer
as input is list_delete_cell, which nowadays is preferentially used
via the constrained API foreach_delete_current.)

There was only one remaining caller of these functions after commit
2f5b8eb5a, and that was some fairly ugly GEQO code that can be much
more clearly expressed using a list-index variable and list_insert_nth.
Hence, rewrite that code, and remove the functions.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/26193.1563228600@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-07-16 13:12:24 -04:00
Tom Lane 2f5b8eb5a2 Clean up some ad-hoc code for sorting and de-duplicating Lists.
heap.c and relcache.c contained nearly identical copies of logic
to insert OIDs into an OID list while preserving the list's OID
ordering (and rejecting duplicates, in one case but not the other).

The comments argue that this is faster than qsort for small numbers
of OIDs, which is at best unproven, and seems even less likely to be
true now that lappend_cell_oid has to move data around.  In any case
it's ugly and hard-to-follow code, and if we do have a lot of OIDs
to consider, it's O(N^2).

Hence, replace with simply lappend'ing OIDs to a List, then list_sort
the completed List, then remove adjacent duplicates if necessary.
This is demonstrably O(N log N) and it's much simpler for the
callers.  It's possible that this would be somewhat inefficient
if there were a very large number of duplicates, but that seems
unlikely in the existing usage.

This adds list_deduplicate_oid and list_oid_cmp infrastructure
to list.c.  I didn't bother with equivalent functionality for
integer or pointer Lists, but such could always be added later
if we find a use for it.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/26193.1563228600@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-07-16 12:04:06 -04:00
Tom Lane 569ed7f483 Redesign the API for list sorting (list_qsort becomes list_sort).
In the wake of commit 1cff1b95a, the obvious way to sort a List
is to apply qsort() directly to the array of ListCells.  list_qsort
was building an intermediate array of pointers-to-ListCells, which
we no longer need, but getting rid of it forces an API change:
the comparator functions need to do one less level of indirection.

Since we're having to touch the callers anyway, let's do two additional
changes: sort the given list in-place rather than making a copy (as
none of the existing callers have any use for the copying behavior),
and rename list_qsort to list_sort.  It was argued that the old name
exposes more about the implementation than it should, which I find
pretty questionable, but a better reason to rename it is to be sure
we get the attention of any external callers about the need to fix
their comparator functions.

While we're at it, change four existing callers of qsort() to use
list_sort instead; previously, they all had local reinventions
of list_qsort, ie build-an-array-from-a-List-and-qsort-it.
(There are some other places where changing to list_sort perhaps
would be worthwhile, but they're less obviously wins.)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/29361.1563220190@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-07-16 11:51:44 -04:00
Tom Lane 1cff1b95ab Represent Lists as expansible arrays, not chains of cons-cells.
Originally, Postgres Lists were a more or less exact reimplementation of
Lisp lists, which consist of chains of separately-allocated cons cells,
each having a value and a next-cell link.  We'd hacked that once before
(commit d0b4399d8) to add a separate List header, but the data was still
in cons cells.  That makes some operations -- notably list_nth() -- O(N),
and it's bulky because of the next-cell pointers and per-cell palloc
overhead, and it's very cache-unfriendly if the cons cells end up
scattered around rather than being adjacent.

In this rewrite, we still have List headers, but the data is in a
resizable array of values, with no next-cell links.  Now we need at
most two palloc's per List, and often only one, since we can allocate
some values in the same palloc call as the List header.  (Of course,
extending an existing List may require repalloc's to enlarge the array.
But this involves just O(log N) allocations not O(N).)

Of course this is not without downsides.  The key difficulty is that
addition or deletion of a list entry may now cause other entries to
move, which it did not before.

For example, that breaks foreach() and sister macros, which historically
used a pointer to the current cons-cell as loop state.  We can repair
those macros transparently by making their actual loop state be an
integer list index; the exposed "ListCell *" pointer is no longer state
carried across loop iterations, but is just a derived value.  (In
practice, modern compilers can optimize things back to having just one
loop state value, at least for simple cases with inline loop bodies.)
In principle, this is a semantics change for cases where the loop body
inserts or deletes list entries ahead of the current loop index; but
I found no such cases in the Postgres code.

The change is not at all transparent for code that doesn't use foreach()
but chases lists "by hand" using lnext().  The largest share of such
code in the backend is in loops that were maintaining "prev" and "next"
variables in addition to the current-cell pointer, in order to delete
list cells efficiently using list_delete_cell().  However, we no longer
need a previous-cell pointer to delete a list cell efficiently.  Keeping
a next-cell pointer doesn't work, as explained above, but we can improve
matters by changing such code to use a regular foreach() loop and then
using the new macro foreach_delete_current() to delete the current cell.
(This macro knows how to update the associated foreach loop's state so
that no cells will be missed in the traversal.)

There remains a nontrivial risk of code assuming that a ListCell *
pointer will remain good over an operation that could now move the list
contents.  To help catch such errors, list.c can be compiled with a new
define symbol DEBUG_LIST_MEMORY_USAGE that forcibly moves list contents
whenever that could possibly happen.  This makes list operations
significantly more expensive so it's not normally turned on (though it
is on by default if USE_VALGRIND is on).

There are two notable API differences from the previous code:

* lnext() now requires the List's header pointer in addition to the
current cell's address.

* list_delete_cell() no longer requires a previous-cell argument.

These changes are somewhat unfortunate, but on the other hand code using
either function needs inspection to see if it is assuming anything
it shouldn't, so it's not all bad.

Programmers should be aware of these significant performance changes:

* list_nth() and related functions are now O(1); so there's no
major access-speed difference between a list and an array.

* Inserting or deleting a list element now takes time proportional to
the distance to the end of the list, due to moving the array elements.
(However, it typically *doesn't* require palloc or pfree, so except in
long lists it's probably still faster than before.)  Notably, lcons()
used to be about the same cost as lappend(), but that's no longer true
if the list is long.  Code that uses lcons() and list_delete_first()
to maintain a stack might usefully be rewritten to push and pop at the
end of the list rather than the beginning.

* There are now list_insert_nth...() and list_delete_nth...() functions
that add or remove a list cell identified by index.  These have the
data-movement penalty explained above, but there's no search penalty.

* list_concat() and variants now copy the second list's data into
storage belonging to the first list, so there is no longer any
sharing of cells between the input lists.  The second argument is
now declared "const List *" to reflect that it isn't changed.

This patch just does the minimum needed to get the new implementation
in place and fix bugs exposed by the regression tests.  As suggested
by the foregoing, there's a fair amount of followup work remaining to
do.

Also, the ENABLE_LIST_COMPAT macros are finally removed in this
commit.  Code using those should have been gone a dozen years ago.

Patch by me; thanks to David Rowley, Jesper Pedersen, and others
for review.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/11587.1550975080@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-07-15 13:41:58 -04:00
Michael Paquier 6b8548964b Fix inconsistencies in the code
This addresses a couple of issues in the code:
- Typos and inconsistencies in comments and function declarations.
- Removal of unreferenced function declarations.
- Removal of unnecessary compile flags.
- A cleanup error in regressplans.sh.

Author: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0c991fdf-2670-1997-c027-772a420c4604@gmail.com
2019-07-08 13:15:09 +09:00
Michael Paquier c74d49d41c Fix many typos and inconsistencies
Author: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/af27d1b3-a128-9d62-46e0-88f424397f44@gmail.com
2019-07-01 10:00:23 +09:00
Thomas Munro a2dec37480 Remove misleading comment from pathnodes.h.
As of commit e5253fdc, it is no longer true that the leader always
executes the subplan of a Gather Merge node.  Remove comment to that
effect.

Back-patch to 11.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGJEaZJYezXAOutuiWT%2BfxCA44%2BoKtVPAND2ubLiigR%3D-w%40mail.gmail.com
2019-06-25 09:21:54 +12:00
Noah Misch 44982e7d09 Reconcile nodes/*funcs.c with PostgreSQL 12 work.
One would have needed out-of-tree code to observe the defects.  Remove
unreferenced fields instead of completing their support functions.
Since in-tree code can't reach _readIntoClause(), no catversion bump.
2019-06-09 14:00:36 -07:00
Heikki Linnakangas cd96389d71 Fix confusion on different kinds of slots in IndexOnlyScans.
We used the same slot to store a tuple from the index, and to store a
tuple from the table. That's not OK. It worked with the heap, because
heapam_getnextslot() stores a HeapTuple to the slot, and doesn't care how
large the tts_values/nulls arrays are. But when I played with a toy table
AM implementation that used a virtual tuple, it caused memory overruns.

In the passing, tidy up comments on the ioss_PscanLen fields.
2019-06-06 09:46:52 +03:00
Michael Paquier 1fb6f62a84 Fix typos in various places
Author: Andrea Gelmini
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190528181718.GA39034@glet
2019-06-03 13:44:03 +09:00
Tom Lane 8255c7a5ee Phase 2 pgindent run for v12.
Switch to 2.1 version of pg_bsd_indent.  This formats
multiline function declarations "correctly", that is with
additional lines of parameter declarations indented to match
where the first line's left parenthesis is.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm=0P3FeTXRcU5B2W3jv3PgRVZ-kGUXLGfd42FFhUROO3ug@mail.gmail.com
2019-05-22 13:04:48 -04:00
Tom Lane be76af171c Initial pgindent run for v12.
This is still using the 2.0 version of pg_bsd_indent.
I thought it would be good to commit this separately,
so as to document the differences between 2.0 and 2.1 behavior.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16296.1558103386@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-05-22 12:55:34 -04:00
Tom Lane 6630ccad7a Restructure creation of run-time pruning steps.
Previously, gen_partprune_steps() always built executor pruning steps
using all suitable clauses, including those containing PARAM_EXEC
Params.  This meant that the pruning steps were only completely safe
for executor run-time (scan start) pruning.  To prune at executor
startup, we had to ignore the steps involving exec Params.  But this
doesn't really work in general, since there may be logic changes
needed as well --- for example, pruning according to the last operator's
btree strategy is the wrong thing if we're not applying that operator.
The rules embodied in gen_partprune_steps() and its minions are
sufficiently complicated that tracking their incremental effects in
other logic seems quite impractical.

Short of a complete redesign, the only safe fix seems to be to run
gen_partprune_steps() twice, once to create executor startup pruning
steps and then again for run-time pruning steps.  We can save a few
cycles however by noting during the first scan whether we rejected
any clauses because they involved exec Params --- if not, we don't
need to do the second scan.

In support of this, refactor the internal APIs in partprune.c to make
more use of passing information in the GeneratePruningStepsContext
struct, rather than as separate arguments.

This is, I hope, the last piece of our response to a bug report from
Alan Jackson.  Back-patch to v11 where this code came in.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/FAD28A83-AC73-489E-A058-2681FA31D648@tvsquared.com
2019-05-17 19:44:34 -04:00
Michael Paquier 7e19929ea2 Fix duplicated words in comments
Author: Stephen Amell
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/539fa271-21b3-777e-a468-d96cffe9c768@gmail.com
2019-05-14 09:37:35 +09:00
Etsuro Fujita b7434dc007 Add missing periods to comments. 2019-05-08 16:49:09 +09:00
Alvaro Herrera 87259588d0 Fix tablespace inheritance for partitioned rels
Commit ca4103025d left a few loose ends.  The most important one
(broken pg_dump output) is already fixed by virtue of commit
3b23552ad8, but some things remained:

* When ALTER TABLE rewrites tables, the indexes must remain in the
  tablespace they were originally in.  This didn't work because
  index recreation during ALTER TABLE runs manufactured SQL (yuck),
  which runs afoul of default_tablespace in competition with the parent
  relation tablespace.  To fix, reset default_tablespace to the empty
  string temporarily, and add the TABLESPACE clause as appropriate.

* Setting a partitioned rel's tablespace to the database default is
  confusing; if it worked, it would direct the partitions to that
  tablespace regardless of default_tablespace.  But in reality it does
  not work, and making it work is a larger project.  Therefore, throw
  an error when this condition is detected, to alert the unwary.

Add some docs and tests, too.

Author: Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f_1c260nOt_vBJ067AZ3JXptXVRohDVMLEBmudX1YEx-A@mail.gmail.com
2019-04-25 10:31:32 -04:00
Tom Lane e0fb4c9d01 Remove useless comment.
Commit e439c6f0c removed IndexStmt.relationId, but not the comment
that had been added to explain it.  Said comment was therefore
very confusing.
2019-04-23 17:17:26 -04:00
Tom Lane f4a3fdfbdc Avoid order-of-execution problems with ALTER TABLE ADD PRIMARY KEY.
Up to now, DefineIndex() was responsible for adding attnotnull constraints
to the columns of a primary key, in any case where it hadn't been
convenient for transformIndexConstraint() to mark those columns as
is_not_null.  It (or rather its minion index_check_primary_key) did this
by executing an ALTER TABLE SET NOT NULL command for the target table.

The trouble with this solution is that if we're creating the index due
to ALTER TABLE ADD PRIMARY KEY, and the outer ALTER TABLE has additional
sub-commands, the inner ALTER TABLE's operations executed at the wrong
time with respect to the outer ALTER TABLE's operations.  In particular,
the inner ALTER would perform a validation scan at a point where the
table's storage might be inconsistent with its catalog entries.  (This is
on the hairy edge of being a security problem, but AFAICS it isn't one
because the inner scan would only be interested in the tuples' null
bitmaps.)  This can result in unexpected failures, such as the one seen
in bug #15580 from Allison Kaptur.

To fix, let's remove the attempt to do SET NOT NULL from DefineIndex(),
reducing index_check_primary_key's role to verifying that the columns are
already not null.  (It shouldn't ever see such a case, but it seems wise
to keep the check for safety.)  Instead, make transformIndexConstraint()
generate ALTER TABLE SET NOT NULL subcommands to be executed ahead of
the ADD PRIMARY KEY operation in every case where it can't force the
column to be created already-not-null.  This requires only minor surgery
in parse_utilcmd.c, and it makes for a much more satisfying spec for
transformIndexConstraint(): it's no longer having to take it on faith
that someone else will handle addition of NOT NULL constraints.

To make that work, we have to move the execution of AT_SetNotNull into
an ALTER pass that executes ahead of AT_PASS_ADD_INDEX.  I moved it to
AT_PASS_COL_ATTRS, and put that after AT_PASS_ADD_COL to avoid failure
when the column is being added in the same command.  This incidentally
fixes a bug in the only previous usage of AT_PASS_COL_ATTRS, for
AT_SetIdentity: it didn't work either for a newly-added column.

Playing around with this exposed a separate bug in ALTER TABLE ONLY ...
ADD PRIMARY KEY for partitioned tables.  The intent of the ONLY modifier
in that context is to prevent doing anything that would require holding
lock for a long time --- but the implied SET NOT NULL would recurse to
the child partitions, and do an expensive validation scan for any child
where the column(s) were not already NOT NULL.  To fix that, invent a
new ALTER subcommand AT_CheckNotNull that just insists that a child
column be already NOT NULL, and apply that, not AT_SetNotNull, when
recursing to children in this scenario.  This results in a slightly laxer
definition of ALTER TABLE ONLY ... SET NOT NULL for partitioned tables,
too: that command will now work as long as all children are already NOT
NULL, whereas before it just threw up its hands if there were any
partitions.

In passing, clean up the API of generateClonedIndexStmt(): remove a
useless argument, ensure that the output argument is not left undefined,
update the header comment.

A small side effect of this change is that no-such-column errors in ALTER
TABLE ADD PRIMARY KEY now produce a different message that includes the
table name, because they are now detected by the SET NOT NULL step which
has historically worded its error that way.  That seems fine to me, so
I didn't make any effort to avoid the wording change.

The basic bug #15580 is of very long standing, and these other bugs
aren't new in v12 either.  However, this is a pretty significant change
in the way ALTER TABLE ADD PRIMARY KEY works.  On balance it seems best
not to back-patch, at least not till we get some more confidence that
this patch has no new bugs.

Patch by me, but thanks to Jie Zhang for a preliminary version.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15580-d1a6de5a3d65da51@postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1396E95157071C4EBBA51892C5368521017F2E6E63@G08CNEXMBPEKD02.g08.fujitsu.local
2019-04-23 12:25:27 -04:00
Andres Freund b8b94ea129 Fix slot type issue for fuzzy distance index scan over out-of-core table AM.
For amcanreorderby scans the nodeIndexscan.c's reorder queue holds
heap tuples, but the underlying table likely does not. Before this fix
we'd return different types of slots, depending on whether the tuple
came from the reorder queue, or from the index + table.

While that could be fixed by signalling that the node doesn't return a
fixed type of slot, it seems better to instead remove the separate
slot for the reorder queue, and use ExecForceStoreHeapTuple() to store
tuples from the queue. It's not particularly common to need
reordering, after all.

This reverts most of the iss_ReorderQueueSlot related changes to
nodeIndexscan.c made in 1a0586de36, except that now
ExecForceStoreHeapTuple() is used instead of ExecStoreHeapTuple().

Noticed when testing zheap against the in-core version of tableam.

Author: Andres Freund
2019-04-19 11:42:37 -07:00
Tom Lane 959d00e9db Use Append rather than MergeAppend for scanning ordered partitions.
If we need ordered output from a scan of a partitioned table, but
the ordering matches the partition ordering, then we don't need to
use a MergeAppend to combine the pre-ordered per-partition scan
results: a plain Append will produce the same results.  This
both saves useless comparison work inside the MergeAppend proper,
and allows us to start returning tuples after istarting up just
the first child node not all of them.

However, all is not peaches and cream, because if some of the
child nodes have high startup costs then there will be big
discontinuities in the tuples-returned-versus-elapsed-time curve.
The planner's cost model cannot handle that (yet, anyway).
If we model the Append's startup cost as being just the first
child's startup cost, we may drastically underestimate the cost
of fetching slightly more tuples than are available from the first
child.  Since we've had bad experiences with over-optimistic choices
of "fast start" plans for ORDER BY LIMIT queries, that seems scary.
As a klugy workaround, set the startup cost estimate for an ordered
Append to be the sum of its children's startup costs (as MergeAppend
would).  This doesn't really describe reality, but it's less likely
to cause a bad plan choice than an underestimated startup cost would.
In practice, the cases where we really care about this optimization
will have child plans that are IndexScans with zero startup cost,
so that the overly conservative estimate is still just zero.

David Rowley, reviewed by Julien Rouhaud and Antonin Houska

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f-hAqhPLRk_RaSFTgYxd=Tz5hA7kQ2h4-DhJufQk8TGuw@mail.gmail.com
2019-04-05 19:20:43 -04:00
Andres Freund 86b85044e8 tableam: Add table_multi_insert() and revamp/speed-up COPY FROM buffering.
This adds table_multi_insert(), and converts COPY FROM, the only user
of heap_multi_insert, to it.

A simple conversion of COPY FROM use slots would have yielded a
slowdown when inserting into a partitioned table for some
workloads. Different partitions might need different slots (both slot
types and their descriptors), and dropping / creating slots when
there's constant partition changes is measurable.

Thus instead revamp the COPY FROM buffering for partitioned tables to
allow to buffer inserts into multiple tables, flushing only when
limits are reached across all partition buffers. By only dropping
slots when there've been inserts into too many different partitions,
the aforementioned overhead is gone. By allowing larger batches, even
when there are frequent partition changes, we actuall speed such cases
up significantly.

By using slots COPY of very narrow rows into unlogged / temporary
might slow down very slightly (due to the indirect function calls).

Author: David Rowley, Andres Freund, Haribabu Kommi
Discussion:
    https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
    https://postgr.es/m/20190327054923.t3epfuewxfqdt22e@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-04-04 16:28:18 -07:00
Etsuro Fujita d50d172e51 postgres_fdw: Perform the (FINAL, NULL) upperrel operations remotely.
The upper-planner pathification allows FDWs to arrange to push down
different types of upper-stage operations to the remote side.  This
commit teaches postgres_fdw to do it for the (FINAL, NULL) upperrel,
which is responsible for doing LockRows, LIMIT, and/or ModifyTable.
This provides the ability for postgres_fdw to handle SELECT commands
so that it 1) skips the LockRows step (if any) (note that this is
safe since it performs early locking) and 2) pushes down the LIMIT
and/or OFFSET restrictions (if any) to the remote side.  This doesn't
handle the INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE cases.

Author: Etsuro Fujita
Reviewed-By: Antonin Houska and Jeff Janes
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87pnz1aby9.fsf@news-spur.riddles.org.uk
2019-04-02 20:30:45 +09:00
Andres Freund bfbcad478f tableam: bitmap table scan.
This moves bitmap heap scan support to below an optional tableam
callback. It's optional as the whole concept of bitmap heapscans is
fairly block specific.

This basically moves the work previously done in bitgetpage() into the
new scan_bitmap_next_block callback, and the direct poking into the
buffer done in BitmapHeapNext() into the new scan_bitmap_next_tuple()
callback.

The abstraction is currently somewhat leaky because
nodeBitmapHeapscan.c's prefetching and visibilitymap based logic
remains - it's likely that we'll later have to move more into the
AM. But it's not trivial to do so without introducing a significant
amount of code duplication between the AMs, so that's a project for
later.

Note that now nodeBitmapHeapscan.c and the associated node types are a
bit misnamed. But it's not clear whether renaming wouldn't be a cure
worse than the disease. Either way, that'd be best done in a separate
commit.

Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas (in an older version)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-03-31 18:37:57 -07:00
Andres Freund 73c954d248 tableam: sample scan.
This moves sample scan support to below tableam. It's not optional as
there is, in contrast to e.g. bitmap heap scans, no alternative way to
perform tablesample queries. If an AM can't deal with the block based
API, it will have to throw an ERROR.

The tableam callbacks for this are block based, but given the current
TsmRoutine interface, that seems to be required.

The new interface doesn't require TsmRoutines to perform visibility
checks anymore - that requires the TsmRoutine to know details about
the AM, which we want to avoid.  To continue to allow taking the
returned number of tuples account SampleScanState now has a donetuples
field (which previously e.g. existed in SystemRowsSamplerData), which
is only incremented after the visibility check succeeds.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-03-31 18:37:57 -07:00
Tom Lane 428b260f87 Speed up planning when partitions can be pruned at plan time.
Previously, the planner created RangeTblEntry and RelOptInfo structs
for every partition of a partitioned table, even though many of them
might later be deemed uninteresting thanks to partition pruning logic.
This incurred significant overhead when there are many partitions.
Arrange to postpone creation of these data structures until after
we've processed the query enough to identify restriction quals for
the partitioned table, and then apply partition pruning before not
after creation of each partition's data structures.  In this way
we need not open the partition relations at all for partitions that
the planner has no real interest in.

For queries that can be proven at plan time to access only a small
number of partitions, this patch improves the practical maximum
number of partitions from under 100 to perhaps a few thousand.

Amit Langote, reviewed at various times by Dilip Kumar, Jesper Pedersen,
Yoshikazu Imai, and David Rowley

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9d7c5112-cb99-6a47-d3be-cf1ee6862a1d@lab.ntt.co.jp
2019-03-30 18:58:55 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut fc22b6623b Generated columns
This is an SQL-standard feature that allows creating columns that are
computed from expressions rather than assigned, similar to a view or
materialized view but on a column basis.

This implements one kind of generated column: stored (computed on
write).  Another kind, virtual (computed on read), is planned for the
future, and some room is left for it.

Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/b151f851-4019-bdb1-699e-ebab07d2f40a@2ndquadrant.com
2019-03-30 08:15:57 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut 5dc92b844e REINDEX CONCURRENTLY
This adds the CONCURRENTLY option to the REINDEX command.  A REINDEX
CONCURRENTLY on a specific index creates a new index (like CREATE
INDEX CONCURRENTLY), then renames the old index away and the new index
in place and adjusts the dependencies, and then drops the old
index (like DROP INDEX CONCURRENTLY).  The REINDEX command also has
the capability to run its other variants (TABLE, DATABASE) with the
CONCURRENTLY option (but not SYSTEM).

The reindexdb command gets the --concurrently option.

Author: Michael Paquier, Andreas Karlsson, Peter Eisentraut
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Fujii Masao, Jim Nasby, Sergei Kornilov
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/60052986-956b-4478-45ed-8bd119e9b9cf%402ndquadrant.com#74948a1044c56c5e817a5050f554ddee
2019-03-29 08:26:33 +01:00
Tomas Vondra 7300a69950 Add support for multivariate MCV lists
Introduce a third extended statistic type, supported by the CREATE
STATISTICS command - MCV lists, a generalization of the statistic
already built and used for individual columns.

Compared to the already supported types (n-distinct coefficients and
functional dependencies), MCV lists are more complex, include column
values and allow estimation of much wider range of common clauses
(equality and inequality conditions, IS NULL, IS NOT NULL etc.).
Similarly to the other types, a new pseudo-type (pg_mcv_list) is used.

Author: Tomas Vondra
Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed, David Rowley, Mark Dilger, Alvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/dfdac334-9cf2-2597-fb27-f0fb3753f435@2ndquadrant.com
2019-03-27 18:32:18 +01:00
Tom Lane 333ed246c6 Avoid passing query tlist around separately from root->processed_tlist.
In the dim past, the planner kept the fully-processed version of the query
targetlist (the result of preprocess_targetlist) in grouping_planner's
local variable "tlist", and only grudgingly passed it to individual other
routines as needed.  Later we discovered a need to still have it available
after grouping_planner finishes, and invented the root->processed_tlist
field for that purpose, but it wasn't used internally to grouping_planner;
the tlist was still being passed around separately in the same places as
before.

Now comes a proposed patch to allow appendrel expansion to add entries
to the processed tlist, well after preprocess_targetlist has finished
its work.  To avoid having to pass around the tlist explicitly, it's
proposed to allow appendrel expansion to modify root->processed_tlist.
That makes aliasing the tlist with assorted parameters and local
variables really scary.  It would accidentally work as long as the
tlist is initially nonempty, because then the List header won't move
around, but it's not exactly hard to think of ways for that to break.
Aliased values are poor programming practice anyway.

Hence, get rid of local variables and parameters that can be identified
with root->processed_tlist, in favor of just using that field directly.
And adjust comments to match.  (Some of the new comments speak as though
it's already possible for appendrel expansion to modify the tlist; that's
not true yet, but will happen in a later patch.)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9d7c5112-cb99-6a47-d3be-cf1ee6862a1d@lab.ntt.co.jp
2019-03-27 12:57:49 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut 280a408b48 Transaction chaining
Add command variants COMMIT AND CHAIN and ROLLBACK AND CHAIN, which
start new transactions with the same transaction characteristics as the
just finished one, per SQL standard.

Support for transaction chaining in PL/pgSQL is also added.  This
functionality is especially useful when running COMMIT in a loop in
PL/pgSQL.

Reviewed-by: Fabien COELHO <coelho@cri.ensmp.fr>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/28536681-324b-10dc-ade8-ab46f7645a5a@2ndquadrant.com
2019-03-24 11:33:02 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut 5e1963fb76 Collations with nondeterministic comparison
This adds a flag "deterministic" to collations.  If that is false,
such a collation disables various optimizations that assume that
strings are equal only if they are byte-wise equal.  That then allows
use cases such as case-insensitive or accent-insensitive comparisons
or handling of strings with different Unicode normal forms.

This functionality is only supported with the ICU provider.  At least
glibc doesn't appear to have any locales that work in a
nondeterministic way, so it's not worth supporting this for the libc
provider.

The term "deterministic comparison" in this context is from Unicode
Technical Standard #10
(https://unicode.org/reports/tr10/#Deterministic_Comparison).

This patch makes changes in three areas:

- CREATE COLLATION DDL changes and system catalog changes to support
  this new flag.

- Many executor nodes and auxiliary code are extended to track
  collations.  Previously, this code would just throw away collation
  information, because the eventually-called user-defined functions
  didn't use it since they only cared about equality, which didn't
  need collation information.

- String data type functions that do equality comparisons and hashing
  are changed to take the (non-)deterministic flag into account.  For
  comparison, this just means skipping various shortcuts and tie
  breakers that use byte-wise comparison.  For hashing, we first need
  to convert the input string to a canonical "sort key" using the ICU
  analogue of strxfrm().

Reviewed-by: Daniel Verite <daniel@manitou-mail.org>
Reviewed-by: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/1ccc668f-4cbc-0bef-af67-450b47cdfee7@2ndquadrant.com
2019-03-22 12:12:43 +01:00
Andrew Gierth 01bde4fa4c Implement OR REPLACE option for CREATE AGGREGATE.
Aggregates have acquired a dozen or so optional attributes in recent
years for things like parallel query and moving-aggregate mode; the
lack of an OR REPLACE option to add or change these for an existing
agg makes extension upgrades gratuitously hard. Rectify.
2019-03-19 01:16:50 +00:00
Robert Haas 6776142a07 Revise parse tree representation for VACUUM and ANALYZE.
Like commit f41551f61f, this aims
to make it easier to add non-Boolean options to VACUUM (or, in
this case, to ANALYZE).  Instead of building up a bitmap of
options directly in the parser, build up a list of DefElem
objects and let ExecVacuum() sort it out; right now, we make
no use of the fact that a DefElem can carry an associated value,
but it will be easy to make that change in the future.

Masahiko Sawada

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoATE4sn0jFFH3NcfUZXkU2BMbjBWB_kDj-XWYA-LXDcQA@mail.gmail.com
2019-03-18 15:14:52 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut c6ff0b892c Refactor ParamListInfo initialization
There were six copies of identical nontrivial code.  Put it into a
function.
2019-03-14 13:30:09 +01:00
Andres Freund c2fe139c20 tableam: Add and use scan APIs.
Too allow table accesses to be not directly dependent on heap, several
new abstractions are needed. Specifically:

1) Heap scans need to be generalized into table scans. Do this by
   introducing TableScanDesc, which will be the "base class" for
   individual AMs. This contains the AM independent fields from
   HeapScanDesc.

   The previous heap_{beginscan,rescan,endscan} et al. have been
   replaced with a table_ version.

   There's no direct replacement for heap_getnext(), as that returned
   a HeapTuple, which is undesirable for a other AMs. Instead there's
   table_scan_getnextslot().  But note that heap_getnext() lives on,
   it's still used widely to access catalog tables.

   This is achieved by new scan_begin, scan_end, scan_rescan,
   scan_getnextslot callbacks.

2) The portion of parallel scans that's shared between backends need
   to be able to do so without the user doing per-AM work. To achieve
   that new parallelscan_{estimate, initialize, reinitialize}
   callbacks are introduced, which operate on a new
   ParallelTableScanDesc, which again can be subclassed by AMs.

   As it is likely that several AMs are going to be block oriented,
   block oriented callbacks that can be shared between such AMs are
   provided and used by heap. table_block_parallelscan_{estimate,
   intiialize, reinitialize} as callbacks, and
   table_block_parallelscan_{nextpage, init} for use in AMs. These
   operate on a ParallelBlockTableScanDesc.

3) Index scans need to be able to access tables to return a tuple, and
   there needs to be state across individual accesses to the heap to
   store state like buffers. That's now handled by introducing a
   sort-of-scan IndexFetchTable, which again is intended to be
   subclassed by individual AMs (for heap IndexFetchHeap).

   The relevant callbacks for an AM are index_fetch_{end, begin,
   reset} to create the necessary state, and index_fetch_tuple to
   retrieve an indexed tuple.  Note that index_fetch_tuple
   implementations need to be smarter than just blindly fetching the
   tuples for AMs that have optimizations similar to heap's HOT - the
   currently alive tuple in the update chain needs to be fetched if
   appropriate.

   Similar to table_scan_getnextslot(), it's undesirable to continue
   to return HeapTuples. Thus index_fetch_heap (might want to rename
   that later) now accepts a slot as an argument. Core code doesn't
   have a lot of call sites performing index scans without going
   through the systable_* API (in contrast to loads of heap_getnext
   calls and working directly with HeapTuples).

   Index scans now store the result of a search in
   IndexScanDesc->xs_heaptid, rather than xs_ctup->t_self. As the
   target is not generally a HeapTuple anymore that seems cleaner.

To be able to sensible adapt code to use the above, two further
callbacks have been introduced:

a) slot_callbacks returns a TupleTableSlotOps* suitable for creating
   slots capable of holding a tuple of the AMs
   type. table_slot_callbacks() and table_slot_create() are based
   upon that, but have additional logic to deal with views, foreign
   tables, etc.

   While this change could have been done separately, nearly all the
   call sites that needed to be adapted for the rest of this commit
   also would have been needed to be adapted for
   table_slot_callbacks(), making separation not worthwhile.

b) tuple_satisfies_snapshot checks whether the tuple in a slot is
   currently visible according to a snapshot. That's required as a few
   places now don't have a buffer + HeapTuple around, but a
   slot (which in heap's case internally has that information).

Additionally a few infrastructure changes were needed:

I) SysScanDesc, as used by systable_{beginscan, getnext} et al. now
   internally uses a slot to keep track of tuples. While
   systable_getnext() still returns HeapTuples, and will so for the
   foreseeable future, the index API (see 1) above) now only deals with
   slots.

The remainder, and largest part, of this commit is then adjusting all
scans in postgres to use the new APIs.

Author: Andres Freund, Haribabu Kommi, Alvaro Herrera
Discussion:
    https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
    https://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
2019-03-11 12:46:41 -07:00
Tom Lane 1d33858406 Fix handling of targetlist SRFs when scan/join relation is known empty.
When we introduced separate ProjectSetPath nodes for application of
set-returning functions in v10, we inadvertently broke some cases where
we're supposed to recognize that the result of a subquery is known to be
empty (contain zero rows).  That's because IS_DUMMY_REL was just looking
for a childless AppendPath without allowing for a ProjectSetPath being
possibly stuck on top.  In itself, this didn't do anything much worse
than produce slightly worse plans for some corner cases.

Then in v11, commit 11cf92f6e rearranged things to allow the scan/join
targetlist to be applied directly to partial paths before they get
gathered.  But it inserted a short-circuit path for dummy relations
that was a little too short: it failed to insert a ProjectSetPath node
at all for a targetlist containing set-returning functions, resulting in
bogus "set-valued function called in context that cannot accept a set"
errors, as reported in bug #15669 from Madelaine Thibaut.

The best way to fix this mess seems to be to reimplement IS_DUMMY_REL
so that it drills down through any ProjectSetPath nodes that might be
there (and it seems like we'd better allow for ProjectionPath as well).

While we're at it, make it look at rel->pathlist not cheapest_total_path,
so that it gives the right answer independently of whether set_cheapest
has been done lately.  That dependency looks pretty shaky in the context
of code like apply_scanjoin_target_to_paths, and even if it's not broken
today it'd certainly bite us at some point.  (Nastily, unsafe use of the
old coding would almost always work; the hazard comes down to possibly
looking through a dangling pointer, and only once in a blue moon would
you find something there that resulted in the wrong answer.)

It now looks like it was a mistake for IS_DUMMY_REL to be a macro: if
there are any extensions using it, they'll continue to use the old
inadequate logic until they're recompiled, after which they'll fail
to load into server versions predating this fix.  Hopefully there are
few such extensions.

Having fixed IS_DUMMY_REL, the special path for dummy rels in
apply_scanjoin_target_to_paths is unnecessary as well as being wrong,
so we can just drop it.

Also change a few places that were testing for partitioned-ness of a
planner relation but not using IS_PARTITIONED_REL for the purpose; that
seems unsafe as well as inconsistent, plus it required an ugly hack in
apply_scanjoin_target_to_paths.

In passing, save a few cycles in apply_scanjoin_target_to_paths by
skipping processing of pre-existing paths for partitioned rels,
and do some cosmetic cleanup and comment adjustment in that function.

I renamed IS_DUMMY_PATH to IS_DUMMY_APPEND with the intention of breaking
any code that might be using it, since in almost every case that would
be wrong; IS_DUMMY_REL is what to be using instead.

In HEAD, also make set_dummy_rel_pathlist static (since it's no longer
used from outside allpaths.c), and delete is_dummy_plan, since it's no
longer used anywhere.

Back-patch as appropriate into v11 and v10.

Tom Lane and Julien Rouhaud

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15669-02fb3296cca26203@postgresql.org
2019-03-07 14:22:13 -05:00
Robert Haas 898e5e3290 Allow ATTACH PARTITION with only ShareUpdateExclusiveLock.
We still require AccessExclusiveLock on the partition itself, because
otherwise an insert that violates the newly-imposed partition
constraint could be in progress at the same time that we're changing
that constraint; only the lock level on the parent relation is
weakened.

To make this safe, we have to cope with (at least) three separate
problems. First, relevant DDL might commit while we're in the process
of building a PartitionDesc.  If so, find_inheritance_children() might
see a new partition while the RELOID system cache still has the old
partition bound cached, and even before invalidation messages have
been queued.  To fix that, if we see that the pg_class tuple seems to
be missing or to have a null relpartbound, refetch the value directly
from the table. We can't get the wrong value, because DETACH PARTITION
still requires AccessExclusiveLock throughout; if we ever want to
change that, this will need more thought. In testing, I found it quite
difficult to hit even the null-relpartbound case; the race condition
is extremely tight, but the theoretical risk is there.

Second, successive calls to RelationGetPartitionDesc might not return
the same answer.  The query planner will get confused if lookup up the
PartitionDesc for a particular relation does not return a consistent
answer for the entire duration of query planning.  Likewise, query
execution will get confused if the same relation seems to have a
different PartitionDesc at different times.  Invent a new
PartitionDirectory concept and use it to ensure consistency.  This
ensures that a single invocation of either the planner or the executor
sees the same view of the PartitionDesc from beginning to end, but it
does not guarantee that the planner and the executor see the same
view.  Since this allows pointers to old PartitionDesc entries to
survive even after a relcache rebuild, also postpone removing the old
PartitionDesc entry until we're certain no one is using it.

For the most part, it seems to be OK for the planner and executor to
have different views of the PartitionDesc, because the executor will
just ignore any concurrently added partitions which were unknown at
plan time; those partitions won't be part of the inheritance
expansion, but invalidation messages will trigger replanning at some
point.  Normally, this happens by the time the very next command is
executed, but if the next command acquires no locks and executes a
prepared query, it can manage not to notice until a new transaction is
started.  We might want to tighten that up, but it's material for a
separate patch.  There would still be a small window where a query
that started just after an ATTACH PARTITION command committed might
fail to notice its results -- but only if the command starts before
the commit has been acknowledged to the user. All in all, the warts
here around serializability seem small enough to be worth accepting
for the considerable advantage of being able to add partitions without
a full table lock.

Although in general the consequences of new partitions showing up
between planning and execution are limited to the query not noticing
the new partitions, run-time partition pruning will get confused in
that case, so that's the third problem that this patch fixes.
Run-time partition pruning assumes that indexes into the PartitionDesc
are stable between planning and execution.  So, add code so that if
new partitions are added between plan time and execution time, the
indexes stored in the subplan_map[] and subpart_map[] arrays within
the plan's PartitionedRelPruneInfo get adjusted accordingly.  There
does not seem to be a simple way to generalize this scheme to cope
with partitions that are removed, mostly because they could then get
added back again with different bounds, but it works OK for added
partitions.

This code does not try to ensure that every backend participating in
a parallel query sees the same view of the PartitionDesc.  That
currently doesn't matter, because we never pass PartitionDesc
indexes between backends.  Each backend will ignore the concurrently
added partitions which it notices, and it doesn't matter if different
backends are ignoring different sets of concurrently added partitions.
If in the future that matters, for example because we allow writes in
parallel query and want all participants to do tuple routing to the same
set of partitions, the PartitionDirectory concept could be improved to
share PartitionDescs across backends.  There is a draft patch to
serialize and restore PartitionDescs on the thread where this patch
was discussed, which may be a useful place to start.

Patch by me.  Thanks to Alvaro Herrera, David Rowley, Simon Riggs,
Amit Langote, and Michael Paquier for discussion, and to Alvaro
Herrera for some review.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+Tgmobt2upbSocvvDej3yzokd7AkiT+PvgFH+a9-5VV1oJNSQ@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZE0r9-cyA-aY6f8WFEROaDLLL7Vf81kZ8MtFCkxpeQSw@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoY13KQZF-=HNTrt9UYWYx3_oYOQpu9ioNT49jGgiDpUEA@mail.gmail.com
2019-03-07 11:13:12 -05:00
Andres Freund 277cb78983 Don't reuse slots between root and partition in ON CONFLICT ... UPDATE.
Until now the the slot to store the conflicting tuple, and the result
of the ON CONFLICT SET, where reused between partitions. That
necessitated changing slots descriptor when switching partitions.

Besides the overhead of switching descriptors on a slot (which
requires memory allocations and prevents JITing), that's importantly
also problematic for tableam. There individual partitions might belong
to different tableams, needing different kinds of slots.

In passing also fix ExecOnConflictUpdate to clear the existing slot at
exit. Otherwise that slot could continue to hold a pin till the query
ends, which could be far too long if the input data set is large, and
there's no further conflicts. While previously also problematic, it's
now more important as there will be more such slots when partitioned.

Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas, David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-03-06 15:43:33 -08:00
Andres Freund 8586bf7ed8 tableam: introduce table AM infrastructure.
This introduces the concept of table access methods, i.e. CREATE
  ACCESS METHOD ... TYPE TABLE and
  CREATE TABLE ... USING (storage-engine).
No table access functionality is delegated to table AMs as of this
commit, that'll be done in following commits.

Subsequent commits will incrementally abstract table access
functionality to be routed through table access methods. That change
is too large to be reviewed & committed at once, so it'll be done
incrementally.

Docs will be updated at the end, as adding them incrementally would
likely make them less coherent, and definitely is a lot more work,
without a lot of benefit.

Table access methods are specified similar to index access methods,
i.e. pg_am.amhandler returns, as INTERNAL, a pointer to a struct with
callbacks. In contrast to index AMs that struct needs to live as long
as a backend, typically that's achieved by just returning a pointer to
a constant struct.

Psql's \d+ now displays a table's access method. That can be disabled
with HIDE_TABLEAM=true, which is mainly useful so regression tests can
be run against different AMs.  It's quite possible that this behaviour
still needs to be fine tuned.

For now it's not allowed to set a table AM for a partitioned table, as
we've not resolved how partitions would inherit that. Disallowing
allows us to introduce, if we decide that's the way forward, such a
behaviour without a compatibility break.

Catversion bumped, to add the heap table AM and references to it.

Author: Haribabu Kommi, Andres Freund, Alvaro Herrera, Dimitri Golgov and others
Discussion:
    https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
    https://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
    https://postgr.es/m/20190107235616.6lur25ph22u5u5av@alap3.anarazel.de
    https://postgr.es/m/20190304234700.w5tmhducs5wxgzls@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-03-06 09:54:38 -08:00
Andres Freund ad0bda5d24 Store tuples for EvalPlanQual in slots, rather than as HeapTuples.
For the upcoming pluggable table access methods it's quite
inconvenient to store tuples as HeapTuples, as that'd require
converting tuples from a their native format into HeapTuples. Instead
use slots to manage epq tuples.

To fit into that scheme, change the foreign data wrapper callback
RefetchForeignRow, to store the tuple in a slot. Insist on using the
caller provided slot, so it conveniently can be stored in the
corresponding EPQ slot.  As there is no in core user of
RefetchForeignRow, that change was done blindly, but we plan to test
that soon.

To avoid duplicating that work for row locks, move row locks to just
directly use the EPQ slots - it previously temporarily stored tuples
in LockRowsState.lr_curtuples, but that doesn't seem beneficial, given
we'd possibly end up with a significant number of additional slots.

The behaviour of es_epqTupleSet[rti -1] is now checked by
es_epqTupleSlot[rti -1] != NULL, as that is distinguishable from a
slot containing an empty tuple.

Author: Andres Freund, Haribabu Kommi, Ashutosh Bapat
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-03-01 10:37:57 -08:00
Tom Lane c94fb8e8ac Standardize some more loops that chase down parallel lists.
We have forboth() and forthree() macros that simplify iterating
through several parallel lists, but not everyplace that could
reasonably use those was doing so.  Also invent forfour() and
forfive() macros to do the same for four or five parallel lists,
and use those where applicable.

The immediate motivation for doing this is to reduce the number
of ad-hoc lnext() calls, to reduce the footprint of a WIP patch.
However, it seems like good cleanup and error-proofing anyway;
the places that were combining forthree() with a manually iterated
loop seem particularly illegible and bug-prone.

There was some speculation about restructuring related parsetree
representations to reduce the need for parallel list chasing of
this sort.  Perhaps that's a win, or perhaps not, but in any case
it would be considerably more invasive than this patch; and it's
not particularly related to my immediate goal of improving the
List infrastructure.  So I'll leave that question for another day.

Patch by me; thanks to David Rowley for review.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/11587.1550975080@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-02-28 14:25:01 -05:00
Andres Freund ff11e7f4b9 Use slots in trigger infrastructure, except for the actual invocation.
In preparation for abstracting table storage, convert trigger.c to
track tuples in slots. Which also happens to make code calling
triggers simpler.

As the calling interface for triggers themselves is not changed in
this patch, HeapTuples still are extracted from the slot at that
time. But that's handled solely inside trigger.c, not visible to
callers. It's quite likely that we'll want to revise the external
trigger interface, but that's a separate large project.

As part of this work the slots used for old/new/return tuples are
moved from EState into ResultRelInfo, as different updated tables
might need different slots. The slots are now also now created
on-demand, which is good both from an efficiency POV, but also makes
the modifying code simpler.

Author: Andres Freund, Amit Khandekar and Ashutosh Bapat
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-02-26 20:31:38 -08:00
Peter Eisentraut bc09d5e4cc Remove unnecessary use of PROCEDURAL
Remove some unnecessary, legacy-looking use of the PROCEDURAL keyword
before LANGUAGE.  We mostly don't use this anymore, so some of these
look a bit old.

There is still some use in pg_dump, which is harder to remove because
it's baked into the archive format, so I'm not touching that.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/2330919b-62d9-29ac-8de3-58c024fdcb96@2ndquadrant.com
2019-02-25 08:38:59 +01:00
Tom Lane 608b167f9f Allow user control of CTE materialization, and change the default behavior.
Historically we've always materialized the full output of a CTE query,
treating WITH as an optimization fence (so that, for example, restrictions
from the outer query cannot be pushed into it).  This is appropriate when
the CTE query is INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE, or is recursive; but when the CTE
query is non-recursive and side-effect-free, there's no hazard of changing
the query results by pushing restrictions down.

Another argument for materialization is that it can avoid duplicate
computation of an expensive WITH query --- but that only applies if
the WITH query is called more than once in the outer query.  Even then
it could still be a net loss, if each call has restrictions that
would allow just a small part of the WITH query to be computed.

Hence, let's change the behavior for WITH queries that are non-recursive
and side-effect-free.  By default, we will inline them into the outer
query (removing the optimization fence) if they are called just once.
If they are called more than once, we will keep the old behavior by
default, but the user can override this and force inlining by specifying
NOT MATERIALIZED.  Lastly, the user can force the old behavior by
specifying MATERIALIZED; this would mainly be useful when the query had
deliberately been employing WITH as an optimization fence to prevent a
poor choice of plan.

Andreas Karlsson, Andrew Gierth, David Fetter

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87sh48ffhb.fsf@news-spur.riddles.org.uk
2019-02-16 16:11:12 -05:00
Tom Lane 8fd3fdd85a Simplify the planner's new representation of indexable clauses a little.
In commit 1a8d5afb0, I thought it'd be a good idea to define
IndexClause.indexquals as NIL in the most common case where the given
clause (IndexClause.rinfo) is usable exactly as-is.  It'd be more
consistent to define the indexquals in that case as being a one-element
list containing IndexClause.rinfo, but I thought saving the palloc
overhead for making such a list would be worthwhile.

In hindsight, that was a great example of "premature optimization is the
root of all evil": it's complicated everyplace that needs to deal with
the indexquals, requiring duplicative code to handle both the simple
case and the not-simple case.  I'd initially found that tolerable but
it's getting less so as I mop up some areas that I'd not touched in
1a8d5afb0.  In any case, two more pallocs during a planner run are
surely at the noise level (a conclusion confirmed by a bit of
microbenchmarking).  So let's change this decision before it becomes
set in stone, and insist that IndexClause.indexquals always be a valid
list of the actual index quals for the clause.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/24586.1550106354@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-02-14 19:37:30 -05:00
Tom Lane 74dfe58a59 Allow extensions to generate lossy index conditions.
For a long time, indxpath.c has had the ability to extract derived (lossy)
index conditions from certain operators such as LIKE.  For just as long,
it's been obvious that we really ought to make that capability available
to extensions.  This commit finally accomplishes that, by adding another
API for planner support functions that lets them create derived index
conditions for their functions.  As proof of concept, the hardwired
"special index operator" code formerly present in indxpath.c is pushed
out to planner support functions attached to LIKE and other relevant
operators.

A weak spot in this design is that an extension needs to know OIDs for
the operators, datatypes, and opfamilies involved in the transformation
it wants to make.  The core-code prototypes use hard-wired OID references
but extensions don't have that option for their own operators etc.  It's
usually possible to look up the required info, but that may be slow and
inconvenient.  However, improving that situation is a separate task.

I want to do some additional refactorization around selfuncs.c, but
that also seems like a separate task.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15193.1548028093@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-02-11 21:26:14 -05:00
Tom Lane a391ff3c3d Build out the planner support function infrastructure.
Add support function requests for estimating the selectivity, cost,
and number of result rows (if a SRF) of the target function.

The lack of a way to estimate selectivity of a boolean-returning
function in WHERE has been a recognized deficiency of the planner
since Berkeley days.  This commit finally fixes it.

In addition, non-constant estimates of cost and number of output
rows are now possible.  We still fall back to looking at procost
and prorows if the support function doesn't service the request,
of course.

To make concrete use of the possibility of estimating output rowcount
for SRFs, this commit adds support functions for array_unnest(anyarray)
and the integer variants of generate_series; the lack of plausible
rowcount estimates for those, even when it's obvious to a human,
has been a repeated subject of complaints.  Obviously, much more
could now be done in this line, but I'm mostly just trying to get
the infrastructure in place.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15193.1548028093@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-02-09 18:32:23 -05:00
Tom Lane 1fb57af920 Create the infrastructure for planner support functions.
Rename/repurpose pg_proc.protransform as "prosupport".  The idea is
still that it names an internal function that provides knowledge to
the planner about the behavior of the function it's attached to;
but redesign the API specification so that it's not limited to doing
just one thing, but can support an extensible set of requests.

The original purpose of simplifying a function call is handled by
the first request type to be invented, SupportRequestSimplify.
Adjust all the existing transform functions to handle this API,
and rename them fron "xxx_transform" to "xxx_support" to reflect
the potential generalization of what they do.  (Since we never
previously provided any way for extensions to add transform functions,
this change doesn't create an API break for them.)

Also add DDL and pg_dump support for attaching a support function to a
user-defined function.  Unfortunately, DDL access has to be restricted
to superusers, at least for now; but seeing that support functions
will pretty much have to be written in C, that limitation is just
theoretical.  (This support is untested in this patch, but a follow-on
patch will add cases that exercise it.)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15193.1548028093@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-02-09 18:08:48 -05:00
Tom Lane 1a8d5afb0d Refactor the representation of indexable clauses in IndexPaths.
In place of three separate but interrelated lists (indexclauses,
indexquals, and indexqualcols), an IndexPath now has one list
"indexclauses" of IndexClause nodes.  This holds basically the same
information as before, but in a more useful format: in particular, there
is now a clear connection between an indexclause (an original restriction
clause from WHERE or JOIN/ON) and the indexquals (directly usable index
conditions) derived from it.

We also change the ground rules a bit by mandating that clause commutation,
if needed, be done up-front so that what is stored in the indexquals list
is always directly usable as an index condition.  This gets rid of repeated
re-determination of which side of the clause is the indexkey during costing
and plan generation, as well as repeated lookups of the commutator
operator.  To minimize the added up-front cost, the typical case of
commuting a plain OpExpr is handled by a new special-purpose function
commute_restrictinfo().  For RowCompareExprs, generating the new clause
properly commuted to begin with is not really any more complex than before,
it's just different --- and we can save doing that work twice, as the
pretty-klugy original implementation did.

Tracking the connection between original and derived clauses lets us
also track explicitly whether the derived clauses are an exact or lossy
translation of the original.  This provides a cheap solution to getting
rid of unnecessary rechecks of boolean index clauses, which previously
seemed like it'd be more expensive than it was worth.

Another pleasant (IMO) side-effect is that EXPLAIN now always shows
index clauses with the indexkey on the left; this seems less confusing.

This commit leaves expand_indexqual_conditions() and some related
functions in a slightly messy state.  I didn't bother to change them
any more than minimally necessary to work with the new data structure,
because all that code is going to be refactored out of existence in
a follow-on patch.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/22182.1549124950@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-02-09 17:30:43 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera 558d77f20e Renaming for new subscripting mechanism
Over at patch https://commitfest.postgresql.org/21/1062/ Dmitry wants to
introduce a more generic subscription mechanism, which allows
subscripting not only arrays but also other object types such as JSONB.
That functionality is introduced in a largish invasive patch, out of
which this internal renaming patch was extracted.

Author: Dmitry Dolgov
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Arthur Zakirov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+q6zcUK4EqPAu7XRRO5CCjMwhz5zvg+rfWuLzVoxp_5sKS6=w@mail.gmail.com
2019-02-01 12:50:32 -03:00
Tom Lane fa2cf164aa Rename nodes/relation.h to nodes/pathnodes.h.
The old name of this file was never a very good indication of what it
was for.  Now that there's also access/relation.h, we have a potential
confusion hazard as well, so let's rename it to something more apropos.
Per discussion, "pathnodes.h" is reasonable, since a good fraction of
the file is Path node definitions.

While at it, tweak a couple of other headers that were gratuitously
importing relation.h into modules that don't need it.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7719.1548688728@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-01-29 16:49:25 -05:00
Tom Lane f09346a9c6 Refactor planner's header files.
Create a new header optimizer/optimizer.h, which exposes just the
planner functions that can be used "at arm's length", without need
to access Paths or the other planner-internal data structures defined
in nodes/relation.h.  This is intended to provide the whole planner
API seen by most of the rest of the system; although FDWs still need
to use additional stuff, and more thought is also needed about just
what selfuncs.c should rely on.

The main point of doing this now is to limit the amount of new
#include baggage that will be needed by "planner support functions",
which I expect to introduce later, and which will be in relevant
datatype modules rather than anywhere near the planner.

This commit just moves relevant declarations into optimizer.h from
other header files (a couple of which go away because everything
got moved), and adjusts #include lists to match.  There's further
cleanup that could be done if we want to decide that some stuff
being exposed by optimizer.h doesn't belong in the planner at all,
but I'll leave that for another day.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/11460.1548706639@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-01-29 15:48:51 -05:00
Tom Lane a1b8c41e99 Make some small planner API cleanups.
Move a few very simple node-creation and node-type-testing functions
from the planner's clauses.c to nodes/makefuncs and nodes/nodeFuncs.
There's nothing planner-specific about them, as evidenced by the
number of other places that were using them.

While at it, rename and_clause() etc to is_andclause() etc, to clarify
that they are node-type-testing functions not node-creation functions.
And use "static inline" implementations for the shortest ones.

Also, modify flatten_join_alias_vars() and some subsidiary functions
to take a Query not a PlannerInfo to define the join structure that
Vars should be translated according to.  They were only using the
"parse" field of the PlannerInfo anyway, so this just requires removing
one level of indirection.  The advantage is that now parse_agg.c can
use flatten_join_alias_vars() without the horrid kluge of creating an
incomplete PlannerInfo, which will allow that file to be decoupled from
relation.h in a subsequent patch.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/11460.1548706639@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-01-29 15:26:44 -05:00
Tom Lane 4be058fe9e In the planner, replace an empty FROM clause with a dummy RTE.
The fact that "SELECT expression" has no base relations has long been a
thorn in the side of the planner.  It makes it hard to flatten a sub-query
that looks like that, or is a trivial VALUES() item, because the planner
generally uses relid sets to identify sub-relations, and such a sub-query
would have an empty relid set if we flattened it.  prepjointree.c contains
some baroque logic that works around this in certain special cases --- but
there is a much better answer.  We can replace an empty FROM clause with a
dummy RTE that acts like a table of one row and no columns, and then there
are no such corner cases to worry about.  Instead we need some logic to
get rid of useless dummy RTEs, but that's simpler and covers more cases
than what was there before.

For really trivial cases, where the query is just "SELECT expression" and
nothing else, there's a hazard that adding the extra RTE makes for a
noticeable slowdown; even though it's not much processing, there's not
that much for the planner to do overall.  However testing says that the
penalty is very small, close to the noise level.  In more complex queries,
this is able to find optimizations that we could not find before.

The new RTE type is called RTE_RESULT, since the "scan" plan type it
gives rise to is a Result node (the same plan we produced for a "SELECT
expression" query before).  To avoid confusion, rename the old ResultPath
path type to GroupResultPath, reflecting that it's only used in degenerate
grouping cases where we know the query produces just one grouped row.
(It wouldn't work to unify the two cases, because there are different
rules about where the associated quals live during query_planner.)

Note: although this touches readfuncs.c, I don't think a catversion
bump is required, because the added case can't occur in stored rules,
only plans.

Patch by me, reviewed by David Rowley and Mark Dilger

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15944.1521127664@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-01-28 17:54:23 -05:00
Andres Freund a9c35cf85c Change function call information to be variable length.
Before this change FunctionCallInfoData, the struct arguments etc for
V1 function calls are stored in, always had space for
FUNC_MAX_ARGS/100 arguments, storing datums and their nullness in two
arrays.  For nearly every function call 100 arguments is far more than
needed, therefore wasting memory. Arg and argnull being two separate
arrays also guarantees that to access a single argument, two
cachelines have to be touched.

Change the layout so there's a single variable-length array with pairs
of value / isnull. That drastically reduces memory consumption for
most function calls (on x86-64 a two argument function now uses
64bytes, previously 936 bytes), and makes it very likely that argument
value and its nullness are on the same cacheline.

Arguments are stored in a new NullableDatum struct, which, due to
padding, needs more memory per argument than before. But as usually
far fewer arguments are stored, and individual arguments are cheaper
to access, that's still a clear win.  It's likely that there's other
places where conversion to NullableDatum arrays would make sense,
e.g. TupleTableSlots, but that's for another commit.

Because the function call information is now variable-length
allocations have to take the number of arguments into account. For
heap allocations that can be done with SizeForFunctionCallInfoData(),
for on-stack allocations there's a new LOCAL_FCINFO(name, nargs) macro
that helps to allocate an appropriately sized and aligned variable.

Some places with stack allocation function call information don't know
the number of arguments at compile time, and currently variably sized
stack allocations aren't allowed in postgres. Therefore allow for
FUNC_MAX_ARGS space in these cases. They're not that common, so for
now that seems acceptable.

Because of the need to allocate FunctionCallInfo of the appropriate
size, older extensions may need to update their code. To avoid subtle
breakages, the FunctionCallInfoData struct has been renamed to
FunctionCallInfoBaseData. Most code only references FunctionCallInfo,
so that shouldn't cause much collateral damage.

This change is also a prerequisite for more efficient expression JIT
compilation (by allocating the function call information on the stack,
allowing LLVM to optimize it away); previously the size of the call
information caused problems inside LLVM's optimizer.

Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180605172952.x34m5uz6ju6enaem@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-26 14:17:52 -08:00
Tom Lane 18c0da88a5 Split QTW_EXAMINE_RTES flag into QTW_EXAMINE_RTES_BEFORE/_AFTER.
This change allows callers of query_tree_walker() to choose whether
to visit an RTE before or after visiting the contents of the RTE
(i.e., prefix or postfix tree order).  All existing users of
QTW_EXAMINE_RTES want the QTW_EXAMINE_RTES_BEFORE behavior, but
an upcoming patch will want QTW_EXAMINE_RTES_AFTER, and it seems
like a potentially useful change on its own.

Andreas Karlsson (extracted from CTE inlining patch)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8810.1542402910@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-01-25 17:09:45 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas 95931133a9 Fix misc typos in comments.
Spotted mostly by Fabien Coelho.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/alpine.DEB.2.21.1901230947050.16643@lancre
2019-01-23 13:39:00 +02:00
Tomas Vondra 31f3817402 Allow COPY FROM to filter data using WHERE conditions
Extends the COPY FROM command with a WHERE condition, which allows doing
various types of filtering while importing the data (random sampling,
condition on a data column, etc.).  Until now such filtering required
either preprocessing of the input data, or importing all data and then
filtering in the database. COPY FROM ... WHERE is an easy-to-use and
low-overhead alternative for most simple cases.

Author: Surafel Temesgen
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra, Masahiko Sawada, Lim Myungkyu
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CALAY4q_DdpWDuB5-Zyi-oTtO2uSk8pmy+dupiRe3AvAc++1imA@mail.gmail.com
2019-01-20 00:22:14 +01:00
Andres Freund 0944ec54de Don't include genam.h from execnodes.h and relscan.h anymore.
This is the genam.h equivalent of 4c850ecec6 (which removed
heapam.h from a lot of other headers).  There's still a few header
includes of genam.h, but not from central headers anymore.

As a few headers are not indirectly included anymore, execnodes.h and
relscan.h need a few additional includes. Some of the depended on
types were replacable by using the underlying structs, but e.g. for
Snapshot in execnodes.h that'd have gotten more invasive than
reasonable in this commit.

Like the aforementioned commit 4c850ecec6, this requires adding new
genam.h includes to a number of backend files, which likely is also
required in a few external projects.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190114000701.y4ttcb74jpskkcfb@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-14 17:02:12 -08:00
Andres Freund 4c850ecec6 Don't include heapam.h from others headers.
heapam.h previously was included in a number of widely used
headers (e.g. execnodes.h, indirectly in executor.h, ...). That's
problematic on its own, as heapam.h contains a lot of low-level
details that don't need to be exposed that widely, but becomes more
problematic with the upcoming introduction of pluggable table storage
- it seems inappropriate for heapam.h to be included that widely
afterwards.

heapam.h was largely only included in other headers to get the
HeapScanDesc typedef (which was defined in heapam.h, even though
HeapScanDescData is defined in relscan.h). The better solution here
seems to be to just use the underlying struct (forward declared where
necessary). Similar for BulkInsertState.

Another problem was that LockTupleMode was used in executor.h - parts
of the file tried to cope without heapam.h, but due to the fact that
it indirectly included it, several subsequent violations of that goal
were not not noticed. We could just reuse the approach of declaring
parameters as int, but it seems nicer to move LockTupleMode to
lockoptions.h - that's not a perfect location, but also doesn't seem
bad.

As a number of files relied on implicitly included heapam.h, a
significant number of files grew an explicit include. It's quite
probably that a few external projects will need to do the same.

Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Alvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190114000701.y4ttcb74jpskkcfb@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-14 16:24:41 -08:00
Bruce Momjian 97c39498e5 Update copyright for 2019
Backpatch-through: certain files through 9.4
2019-01-02 12:44:25 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera e439c6f0c3 Remove some useless code
In commit 8b08f7d482 I added member relationId to IndexStmt struct.
I'm now not sure why; DefineIndex doesn't need it, since the relation
OID is passed as a separate argument anyway.  Remove it.

Also remove a redundant assignment to the relationId argument (it wasn't
redundant when added by commit e093dcdd28, but should have been removed
in commit 5f173040e3), and use relationId instead of stmt->relation when
locking the relation in the second phase of CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY,
which is not only confusing but it means we resolve the name twice for
no reason.
2018-12-31 14:50:48 -03:00
Tom Lane b5415e3c21 Support parameterized TidPaths.
Up to now we've not worried much about joins where the join key is a
relation's CTID column, reasoning that storing a table's CTIDs in some
other table would be pretty useless.  However, there are use-cases for
this sort of query involving self-joins, so that argument doesn't really
hold water.

This patch allows generating plans for joins on CTID that use a nestloop
with inner TidScan, similar to what we might do with an index on the join
column.  This is the most efficient way to join when the outer side of
the nestloop is expected to yield relatively few rows.

This change requires upgrading tidpath.c and the generated TidPaths
to work with RestrictInfos instead of bare qual clauses, but that's
long-postponed technical debt anyway.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17443.1545435266@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-12-30 15:24:28 -05:00
Tom Lane 216af5eea5 Make bitmapset.c use 64-bit bitmap words on 64-bit machines.
Using the full width of the CPU's native word size shouldn't cost
anything in typical cases.  When working with large bitmapsets,
this halves the number of operations needed for many common BMS
operations.  On the right sort of test case, a measurable improvement
is obtained.

David Rowley

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f9EGBd2h-VkXvb=51tf+X46zMX5T8h-KYgXEV_u2zmLUw@mail.gmail.com
2018-12-20 12:19:07 -05:00
Andres Freund 578b229718 Remove WITH OIDS support, change oid catalog column visibility.
Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction
of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column,
but as part of the tuple header.

This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd,
as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important
parts of a row.  Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the
oid column by default.

The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a
significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That
already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make
table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating
that "specialness" significantly.

WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0).
Remove it.

Removing includes:
- CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be
  WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out)
- pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will
  issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column).
- restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when
  restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column)
- COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids.
- pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH
  OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first.
- Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like
  plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed.

The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false)
for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of
support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that
do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them.

The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This
commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally
declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the
newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column
naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such.  This obviously
requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via
HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column.

The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in
genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest
oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above
FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the
special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed.

Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all
backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For
the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for
the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog
tables).

The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns
means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded
by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid,
previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid
column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either
have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the
line.

While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the
scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this
now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit
after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other
patches.

Catversion bump, for obvious reasons.

Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-20 16:00:17 -08:00
Alvaro Herrera 3f2393edef Redesign initialization of partition routing structures
This speeds up write operations (INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE, COPY, as well
as the future MERGE) on partitioned tables.

This changes the setup for tuple routing so that it does far less work
during the initial setup and pushes more work out to when partitions
receive tuples.  PartitionDispatchData structs for sub-partitioned
tables are only created when a tuple gets routed through it.  The
possibly large arrays in the PartitionTupleRouting struct have largely
been removed.  The partitions[] array remains but now never contains any
NULL gaps.  Previously the NULLs had to be skipped during
ExecCleanupTupleRouting(), which could add a large overhead to the
cleanup when the number of partitions was large.  The partitions[] array
is allocated small to start with and only enlarged when we route tuples
to enough partitions that it runs out of space. This allows us to keep
simple single-row partition INSERTs running quickly.  Redesign

The arrays in PartitionTupleRouting which stored the tuple translation maps
have now been removed.  These have been moved out into a
PartitionRoutingInfo struct which is an additional field in ResultRelInfo.

The find_all_inheritors() call still remains by far the slowest part of
ExecSetupPartitionTupleRouting(). This commit just removes the other slow
parts.

In passing also rename the tuple translation maps from being ParentToChild
and ChildToParent to being RootToPartition and PartitionToRoot. The old
names mislead you into thinking that a partition of some sub-partitioned
table would translate to the rowtype of the sub-partitioned table rather
than the root partitioned table.

Authors: David Rowley and Amit Langote, heavily revised by Álvaro Herrera
Testing help from Jesper Pedersen and Kato Sho.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f_1RJyFquuCKRFHTdcXqoPX-PYqAd7nz=GVBwvGh4a6xA@mail.gmail.com
2018-11-16 15:01:05 -03:00
Andres Freund 1a0586de36 Introduce notion of different types of slots (without implementing them).
Upcoming work intends to allow pluggable ways to introduce new ways of
storing table data. Accessing those table access methods from the
executor requires TupleTableSlots to be carry tuples in the native
format of such storage methods; otherwise there'll be a significant
conversion overhead.

Different access methods will require different data to store tuples
efficiently (just like virtual, minimal, heap already require fields
in TupleTableSlot). To allow that without requiring additional pointer
indirections, we want to have different structs (embedding
TupleTableSlot) for different types of slots.  Thus different types of
slots are needed, which requires adapting creators of slots.

The slot that most efficiently can represent a type of tuple in an
executor node will often depend on the type of slot a child node
uses. Therefore we need to track the type of slot is returned by
nodes, so parent slots can create slots based on that.

Relatedly, JIT compilation of tuple deforming needs to know which type
of slot a certain expression refers to, so it can create an
appropriate deforming function for the type of tuple in the slot.

But not all nodes will only return one type of slot, e.g. an append
node will potentially return different types of slots for each of its
subplans.

Therefore add function that allows to query the type of a node's
result slot, and whether it'll always be the same type (whether it's
fixed). This can be queried using ExecGetResultSlotOps().

The scan, result, inner, outer type of slots are automatically
inferred from ExecInitScanTupleSlot(), ExecInitResultSlot(),
left/right subtrees respectively. If that's not correct for a node,
that can be overwritten using new fields in PlanState.

This commit does not introduce the actually abstracted implementation
of different kind of TupleTableSlots, that will be left for a followup
commit.  The different types of slots introduced will, for now, still
use the same backing implementation.

While this already partially invalidates the big comment in
tuptable.h, it seems to make more sense to update it later, when the
different TupleTableSlot implementations actually exist.

Author: Ashutosh Bapat and Andres Freund, with changes by Amit Khandekar
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181105210039.hh4vvi4vwoq5ba2q@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-15 22:00:30 -08:00
Peter Eisentraut 52d8e899d0 Correct code comments for PartitionedRelPruneInfo struct
The comments above the PartitionedRelPruneInfo struct incorrectly
document how subplan_map and subpart_map are indexed.  This seems to
have snuck in on 4e23236403.

Author: David Rowley <david.rowley@2ndquadrant.com>
2018-11-15 23:04:48 +01:00
Andres Freund 1ef6bd2954 Don't require return slots for nodes without projection.
In a lot of nodes the return slot is not required. That can either be
because the node doesn't do any projection (say an Append node), or
because the node does perform projections but the projection is
optimized away because the projection would yield an identical row.

Slots aren't that small, especially for wide rows, so it's worthwhile
to avoid creating them.  It's not possible to just skip creating the
slot - it's currently used to determine the tuple descriptor returned
by ExecGetResultType().  So separate the determination of the result
type from the slot creation.  The work previously done internally
ExecInitResultTupleSlotTL() can now also be done separately with
ExecInitResultTypeTL() and ExecInitResultSlot().  That way nodes that
aren't guaranteed to need a result slot, can use
ExecInitResultTypeTL() to determine the result type of the node, and
ExecAssignScanProjectionInfo() (via
ExecConditionalAssignProjectionInfo()) determines that a result slot
is needed, it is created with ExecInitResultSlot().

Besides the advantage of avoiding to create slots that then are
unused, this is necessary preparation for later patches around tuple
table slot abstraction. In particular separating the return descriptor
and slot is a prerequisite to allow JITing of tuple deforming with
knowledge of the underlying tuple format, and to avoid unnecessarily
creating JITed tuple deforming for virtual slots.

This commit removes a redundant argument from
ExecInitResultTupleSlotTL(). While this commit touches a lot of the
relevant lines anyway, it'd normally still not worthwhile to cause
breakage, except that aforementioned later commits will touch *all*
ExecInitResultTupleSlotTL() callers anyway (but fits worse
thematically).

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181105210039.hh4vvi4vwoq5ba2q@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-11-09 17:19:39 -08:00
Alvaro Herrera 705d433fd5 Revise attribute handling code on partition creation
The original code to propagate NOT NULL and default expressions
specified when creating a partition was mostly copy-pasted from
typed-tables creation, but not being a great match it contained some
duplicity, inefficiency and bugs.

This commit fixes the bug that NOT NULL constraints declared in the
parent table would not be honored in the partition.  One reported issue
that is not fixed is that a DEFAULT declared in the child is not used
when inserting through the parent.  That would amount to a behavioral
change that's better not back-patched.

This rewrite makes the code simpler:

1. instead of checking for duplicate column names in its own block,
reuse the original one that already did that;

2. instead of concatenating the list of columns from parent and the one
declared in the partition and scanning the result to (incorrectly)
propagate defaults and not-null constraints, just scan the latter
searching the former for a match, and merging sensibly.  This works
because we know the list in the parent is already correct and there can
only be one parent.

This rewrite makes ColumnDef->is_from_parent unused, so it's removed
on branch master; on released branches, it's kept as an unused field in
order not to cause ABI incompatibilities.

This commit also adds a test case for creating partitions with
collations mismatching that on the parent table, something that is
closely related to the code being patched.  No code change is introduced
though, since that'd be a behavior change that could break some (broken)
working applications.

Amit Langote wrote a less invasive fix for the original
NOT NULL/defaults bug, but while I kept the tests he added, I ended up
not using his original code.  Ashutosh Bapat reviewed Amit's fix.  Amit
reviewed mine.

Author: Álvaro Herrera, Amit Langote
Reviewed-by: Ashutosh Bapat, Amit Langote
Reported-by: Jürgen Strobel (bug #15212)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/152746742177.1291.9847032632907407358@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2018-11-08 16:22:09 -03:00
Tom Lane c6e4133fae Postpone calculating total_table_pages until after pruning/exclusion.
The planner doesn't make any use of root->total_table_pages until it
estimates costs of indexscans, so we don't need to compute it as
early as that's currently done.  By doing the calculation between
set_base_rel_sizes and set_base_rel_pathlists, we can omit relations
that get removed from the query by partition pruning or constraint
exclusion, which seems like a more accurate basis for costing.

(Historical note: I think at the time this code was written, there
was not a separation between the "set sizes" and "set pathlists"
steps, so that this approach would have been impossible at the time.
But now that we have that separation, this is clearly the better way
to do things.)

David Rowley, reviewed by Edmund Horner

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f-NG1mRM0VOtkAG7=ZLQWihoqees9R4ki3CKBB0-fRfCA@mail.gmail.com
2018-11-07 12:12:56 -05:00
Tom Lane 14a158f9bf Fix interaction of CASE and ArrayCoerceExpr.
An array-type coercion appearing within a CASE that has a constant
(after const-folding) test expression was mangled by the planner, causing
all the elements of the resulting array to be equal to the coerced value
of the CASE's test expression.  This is my oversight in commit c12d570fa:
that changed ArrayCoerceExpr to use a subexpression involving a
CaseTestExpr, and I didn't notice that eval_const_expressions needed an
adjustment to keep from folding such a CaseTestExpr to a constant when
it's inside a suitable CASE.

This is another in what's getting to be a depressingly long line of bugs
associated with misidentification of the referent of a CaseTestExpr.
We're overdue to redesign that mechanism; but any such fix is unlikely
to be back-patchable into v11.  As a stopgap, fix eval_const_expressions
to do what it must here.  Also add a bunch of comments pointing out the
restrictions and assumptions that are needed to make this work at all.

Also fix a related oversight: contain_context_dependent_node() was not
aware of the relationship of ArrayCoerceExpr to CaseTestExpr.  That was
somewhat fail-soft, in that the outcome of a wrong answer would be to
prevent optimizations that could have been made, but let's fix it while
we're at it.

Per bug #15471 from Matt Williams.  Back-patch to v11 where the faulty
logic came in.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15471-1117f49271989bad@postgresql.org
2018-10-30 15:26:11 -04:00
Tom Lane 26cb82030f Improve some comments related to executor result relations.
es_leaf_result_relations doesn't exist; perhaps this was an old name
for es_tuple_routing_result_relations, or maybe this comment has gone
unmaintained through multiple rounds of whacking the code around.

Related comment in execnodes.h was both obsolete and ungrammatical.
2018-10-17 16:41:00 -04:00
Tom Lane f9eb7c14b0 Avoid O(N^2) cost in ExecFindRowMark().
If there are many ExecRowMark structs, we spent O(N^2) time in
ExecFindRowMark during executor startup.  Once upon a time this was
not of great concern, but the addition of native partitioning has
squeezed out enough other costs that this can become the dominant
overhead in some use-cases for tables with many partitions.

To fix, simply replace that List data structure with an array.

This adds a little bit of cost to execCurrentOf(), but not much,
and anyway that code path is neither of large importance nor very
efficient now.  If we ever decide it is a bottleneck, constructing a
hash table for lookup-by-tableoid would likely be the thing to do.

Per complaint from Amit Langote, though this is different from
his fix proposal.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/468c85d9-540e-66a2-1dde-fec2b741e688@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-10-08 10:41:34 -04:00
Tom Lane 52ed730d51 Remove some unnecessary fields from Plan trees.
In the wake of commit f2343653f, we no longer need some fields that
were used before to control executor lock acquisitions:

* PlannedStmt.nonleafResultRelations can go away entirely.

* partitioned_rels can go away from Append, MergeAppend, and ModifyTable.
However, ModifyTable still needs to know the RT index of the partition
root table if any, which was formerly kept in the first entry of that
list.  Add a new field "rootRelation" to remember that.  rootRelation is
partly redundant with nominalRelation, in that if it's set it will have
the same value as nominalRelation.  However, the latter field has a
different purpose so it seems best to keep them distinct.

Amit Langote, reviewed by David Rowley and Jesper Pedersen,
and whacked around a bit more by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/468c85d9-540e-66a2-1dde-fec2b741e688@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-10-07 14:33:17 -04:00
Tom Lane d73f4c74dd In the executor, use an array of pointers to access the rangetable.
Instead of doing a lot of list_nth() accesses to es_range_table,
create a flattened pointer array during executor startup and index
into that to get at individual RangeTblEntrys.

This eliminates one source of O(N^2) behavior with lots of partitions.
(I'm not exactly convinced that it's the most important source, but
it's an easy one to fix.)

Amit Langote and David Rowley

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/468c85d9-540e-66a2-1dde-fec2b741e688@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-10-04 15:48:17 -04:00
Tom Lane 9ddef36278 Centralize executor's opening/closing of Relations for rangetable entries.
Create an array estate->es_relations[] paralleling the es_range_table,
and store references to Relations (relcache entries) there, so that any
given RT entry is opened and closed just once per executor run.  Scan
nodes typically still call ExecOpenScanRelation, but ExecCloseScanRelation
is no more; relation closing is now done centrally in ExecEndPlan.

This is slightly more complex than one would expect because of the
interactions with relcache references held in ResultRelInfo nodes.
The general convention is now that ResultRelInfo->ri_RelationDesc does
not represent a separate relcache reference and so does not need to be
explicitly closed; but there is an exception for ResultRelInfos in the
es_trig_target_relations list, which are manufactured by
ExecGetTriggerResultRel and have to be cleaned up by
ExecCleanUpTriggerState.  (That much was true all along, but these
ResultRelInfos are now more different from others than they used to be.)

To allow the partition pruning logic to make use of es_relations[] rather
than having its own relcache references, adjust PartitionedRelPruneInfo
to store an RT index rather than a relation OID.

Amit Langote, reviewed by David Rowley and Jesper Pedersen,
some mods by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/468c85d9-540e-66a2-1dde-fec2b741e688@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-10-04 14:03:42 -04:00
Michael Paquier 803b1301e8 Add option SKIP_LOCKED to VACUUM and ANALYZE
When specified, this option allows VACUUM to skip the work on a relation
if there is a conflicting lock on it when trying to open it at the
beginning of its processing.

Similarly to autovacuum, this comes with a couple of limitations while
the relation is processed which can cause the process to still block:
- when opening the relation indexes.
- when acquiring row samples for table inheritance trees, partition trees
or certain types of foreign tables, and that a lock is taken on some
leaves of such trees.

Author: Nathan Bossart
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Andres Freund, Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9EF7EBE4-720D-4CF1-9D0E-4403D7E92990@amazon.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171201160907.27110.74730@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2018-10-04 09:00:33 +09:00
Andres Freund c03c1449c0 Fix issues around EXPLAIN with JIT.
I (Andres) was more than a bit hasty in committing 33001fd7a7
after last minute changes, leading to a number of problems (jit output
was only shown for JIT in parallel workers, and just EXPLAIN without
ANALYZE didn't work).  Lukas luckily found these issues quickly.

Instead of combining instrumentation in in standard_ExecutorEnd(), do
so on demand in the new ExplainPrintJITSummary().

Also update a documentation example of the JIT output, changed in
52050ad8eb.

Author: Lukas Fittl, with minor changes by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAP53PkxmgJht69pabxBXJBM+0oc6kf3KHMborLP7H2ouJ0CCtQ@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 11, where JIT compilation was introduced
2018-10-03 12:48:37 -07:00
Tom Lane fdba460a26 Create an RTE field to record the query's lock mode for each relation.
Add RangeTblEntry.rellockmode, which records the appropriate lock mode for
each RTE_RELATION rangetable entry (either AccessShareLock, RowShareLock,
or RowExclusiveLock depending on the RTE's role in the query).

This patch creates the field and makes all creators of RTE nodes fill it
in reasonably, but for the moment nothing much is done with it.  The plan
is to replace assorted post-parser logic that re-determines the right
lockmode to use with simple uses of rte->rellockmode.  For now, just add
Asserts in each of those places that the rellockmode matches what they are
computing today.  (In some cases the match isn't perfect, so the Asserts
are weaker than you might expect; but this seems OK, as per discussion.)

This passes check-world for me, but it seems worth pushing in this state
to see if the buildfarm finds any problems in cases I failed to test.

catversion bump due to change of stored rules.

Amit Langote, reviewed by David Rowley and Jesper Pedersen,
and whacked around a bit more by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/468c85d9-540e-66a2-1dde-fec2b741e688@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-09-30 13:55:51 -04:00
Andres Freund 33001fd7a7 Collect JIT instrumentation from workers.
Previously, when using parallel query, EXPLAIN (ANALYZE)'s JIT
compilation timings did not include the overhead from doing so on the
workers.  Fix that.

We do so by simply aggregating the cost of doing JIT compilation on
workers and the leader together. Arguably that's not quite accurate,
because the total time spend doing so is spent in parallel - but it's
hard to do much better.  For additional detail, when VERBOSE is
specified, the stats for workers are displayed separately.

Author: Amit Khandekar and Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJ3gD9eLrz51RK_gTkod+71iDcjpB_N8eC6vU2AW-VicsAERpQ@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 11-
2018-09-25 13:12:44 -07:00
Tom Lane d0cfc3d6a4 Add a debugging option to stress-test outfuncs.c and readfuncs.c.
In the normal course of operation, query trees will be serialized only if
they are stored as views or rules; and plan trees will be serialized only
if they get passed to parallel-query workers.  This leaves an awful lot of
opportunity for bugs/oversights to not get detected, as indeed we've just
been reminded of the hard way.

To improve matters, this patch adds a new compile option
WRITE_READ_PARSE_PLAN_TREES, which is modeled on the longstanding option
COPY_PARSE_PLAN_TREES; but instead of passing all parse and plan trees
through copyObject, it passes them through nodeToString + stringToNode.
Enabling this option in a buildfarm animal or two will catch problems
at least for cases that are exercised by the regression tests.

A small problem with this idea is that readfuncs.c historically has
discarded location fields, on the reasonable grounds that parse
locations in a retrieved view are not relevant to the current query.
But doing that in WRITE_READ_PARSE_PLAN_TREES breaks pg_stat_statements,
and it could cause problems for future improvements that might try to
report error locations at runtime.  To fix that, provide a variant
behavior in readfuncs.c that makes it restore location fields when
told to.

In passing, const-ify the string arguments of stringToNode and its
subsidiary functions, just because it annoyed me that they weren't
const already.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17114.1537138992@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-09-18 17:11:54 -04:00
Tom Lane db1071d4ee Fix some minor issues exposed by outfuncs/readfuncs testing.
A test patch to pass parse and plan trees through outfuncs + readfuncs
exposed several issues that need to be fixed to get clean matches:

Query.withCheckOptions failed to get copied; it's intentionally ignored
by outfuncs/readfuncs on the grounds that it'd always be NIL anyway in
stored rules.  This seems less than future-proof, and it's not even
saving very much, so just undo the decision and treat the field like
all others.

Several places that convert a view RTE into a subquery RTE, or similar
manipulations, failed to clear out fields that were specific to the
original RTE type and should be zero in a subquery RTE.  Since readfuncs.c
will leave such fields as zero, equalfuncs.c thinks the nodes are different
leading to a reported mismatch.  It seems like a good idea to clear out the
no-longer-needed fields, even though in principle nothing should look at
them; the node ought to be indistinguishable from how it would look if
we'd built a new node instead of scribbling on the old one.

BuildOnConflictExcludedTargetlist randomly set the resname of some
TargetEntries to "" not NULL.  outfuncs/readfuncs don't distinguish those
cases, and so the string will read back in as NULL ... but equalfuncs.c
does distinguish.  Perhaps we ought to try to make things more consistent
in this area --- but it's just useless extra code space for
BuildOnConflictExcludedTargetlist to not use NULL here, so I fixed it for
now by making it do that.

catversion bumped because the change in handling of Query.withCheckOptions
affects stored rules.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17114.1537138992@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-09-18 15:08:28 -04:00
Tom Lane 09991e5a47 Fix some probably-minor oversights in readfuncs.c.
The system expects TABLEFUNC RTEs to have coltypes, coltypmods, and
colcollations lists, but outfuncs doesn't dump them and readfuncs doesn't
restore them.  This doesn't cause obvious failures, because the only things
that look at those fields are expandRTE() and get_rte_attribute_type(),
which are mostly used during parse analysis, before anything would've
passed the parsetree through outfuncs/readfuncs.  But expandRTE() is used
in build_physical_tlist(), which means that that function will return a
wrong answer for a TABLEFUNC RTE that came from a view.  Very accidentally,
this doesn't cause serious problems, because what it will return is NIL
which callers will interpret as "couldn't build a physical tlist because
of dropped columns".  So you still get a plan that works, though it's
marginally less efficient than it could be.  There are also some other
expandRTE() calls associated with transformation of whole-row Vars in
the planner.  I have been unable to exhibit misbehavior from that, and
it may be unreachable in any case that anyone would care about ... but
I'm not entirely convinced, so this seems like something we should back-
patch a fix for.  Fortunately, we can fix it without forcing a change
of stored rules and a catversion bump, because we can just copy these
lists from the subsidiary TableFunc object.

readfuncs.c was also missing support for NamedTuplestoreScan plan nodes.
This accidentally fails to break parallel query because a query using
a named tuplestore would never be considered parallel-safe anyway.
However, project policy since parallel query came in is that all plan
node types should have outfuncs/readfuncs support, so this is clearly
an oversight that should be repaired.

Noted while fooling around with a patch to test outfuncs/readfuncs more
thoroughly.  That exposed some other issues too, but these are the only
ones that seem worth back-patching.

Back-patch to v10 where both of these features came in.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17114.1537138992@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-09-18 13:02:27 -04:00
Tom Lane 07a3af0ff8 Fix parsetree representation of XMLTABLE(XMLNAMESPACES(DEFAULT ...)).
The original coding for XMLTABLE thought it could represent a default
namespace by a T_String Value node with a null string pointer.  That's
not okay, though; in particular outfuncs.c/readfuncs.c are not on board
with such a representation, meaning you'll get a null pointer crash
if you try to store a view or rule containing this construct.

To fix, change the parsetree representation so that we have a NULL
list element, instead of a bogus Value node.

This isn't really a functional limitation since default XML namespaces
aren't yet implemented in the executor; you'd just get "DEFAULT
namespace is not supported" anyway.  But crashes are not nice, so
back-patch to v10 where this syntax was added.  Ordinarily we'd consider
a parsetree representation change to be un-backpatchable; but since
existing releases would crash on the way to storing such constructs,
there can't be any existing views/rules to be incompatible with.

Per report from Andrey Lepikhov.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3690074f-abd2-56a9-144a-aa5545d7a291@postgrespro.ru
2018-09-17 13:16:32 -04:00
Etsuro Fujita 7cfdc77023 Disable support for partitionwise joins in problematic cases.
Commit f49842d, which added support for partitionwise joins, built the
child's tlist by applying adjust_appendrel_attrs() to the parent's.  So in
the case where the parent's included a whole-row Var for the parent, the
child's contained a ConvertRowtypeExpr.  To cope with that, that commit
added code to the planner, such as setrefs.c, but some code paths still
assumed that the tlist for a scan (or join) rel would only include Vars
and PlaceHolderVars, which was true before that commit, causing errors:

* When creating an explicit sort node for an input path for a mergejoin
  path for a child join, prepare_sort_from_pathkeys() threw the 'could not
  find pathkey item to sort' error.
* When deparsing a relation participating in a pushed down child join as a
  subquery in contrib/postgres_fdw, get_relation_column_alias_ids() threw
  the 'unexpected expression in subquery output' error.
* When performing set_plan_references() on a local join plan generated by
  contrib/postgres_fdw for EvalPlanQual support for a pushed down child
  join, fix_join_expr() threw the 'variable not found in subplan target
  lists' error.

To fix these, two approaches have been proposed: one by Ashutosh Bapat and
one by me.  While the former keeps building the child's tlist with a
ConvertRowtypeExpr, the latter builds it with a whole-row Var for the
child not to violate the planner assumption, and tries to fix it up later,
But both approaches need more work, so refuse to generate partitionwise
join paths when whole-row Vars are involved, instead.  We don't need to
handle ConvertRowtypeExprs in the child's tlists for now, so this commit
also removes the changes to the planner.

Previously, partitionwise join computed attr_needed data for each child
separately, and built the child join's tlist using that data, which also
required an extra step for adding PlaceHolderVars to that tlist, but it
would be more efficient to build it from the parent join's tlist through
the adjust_appendrel_attrs() transformation.  So this commit builds that
list that way, and simplifies build_joinrel_tlist() and placeholder.c as
well as part of set_append_rel_size() to basically what they were before
partitionwise join went in.

Back-patch to PG11 where partitionwise join was introduced.

Report by Rajkumar Raghuwanshi.  Analysis by Ashutosh Bapat, who also
provided some of regression tests.  Patch by me, reviewed by Robert Haas.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKcux6ktu-8tefLWtQuuZBYFaZA83vUzuRd7c1YHC-yEWyYFpg@mail.gmail.com
2018-08-31 20:34:06 +09:00
Heikki Linnakangas 4b035841a1 Fix IndexInfo comments.
Recently, ii_KeyAttrNumbers was renamed to ii_IndexAttrNumbers, and ii_Am
field was added, but the comments were not updated.

Author: Yugo Nagata
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20180830134831.e35a91b8b978b248c16c8f7b@sraoss.co.jp
2018-08-30 09:08:33 +03:00
Andrew Gierth 07172d5aff Avoid query-lifetime memory leaks in XMLTABLE (bug #15321)
Multiple calls to XMLTABLE in a query (e.g. laterally applying it to a
table with an xml column, an important use-case) were leaking large
amounts of memory into the per-query context, blowing up memory usage.

Repair by reorganizing memory context usage in nodeTableFuncscan; use
the usual per-tuple context for row-by-row evaluations instead of
perValueCxt, and use the explicitly created context -- renamed from
perValueCxt to perTableCxt -- for arguments and state for each
individual table-generation operation.

Backpatch to PG10 where this code was introduced.

Original report by IRC user begriffs; analysis and patch by me.
Reviewed by Tom Lane and Pavel Stehule.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/153394403528.10284.7530399040974170549@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2018-08-13 01:59:45 +01:00
Tom Lane 1c2cb2744b Fix run-time partition pruning for appends with multiple source rels.
The previous coding here supposed that if run-time partitioning applied to
a particular Append/MergeAppend plan, then all child plans of that node
must be members of a single partitioning hierarchy.  This is totally wrong,
since an Append could be formed from a UNION ALL: we could have multiple
hierarchies sharing the same Append, or child plans that aren't part of any
hierarchy.

To fix, restructure the related plan-time and execution-time data
structures so that we can have a separate list or array for each
partitioning hierarchy.  Also track subplans that are not part of any
hierarchy, and make sure they don't get pruned.

Per reports from Phil Florent and others.  Back-patch to v11, since
the bug originated there.

David Rowley, with a lot of cosmetic adjustments by me; thanks also
to Amit Langote for review.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/HE1PR03MB17068BB27404C90B5B788BCABA7B0@HE1PR03MB1706.eurprd03.prod.outlook.com
2018-08-01 19:42:52 -04:00
Michael Paquier 9f7ba88aa4 Fix two oversights from 9ebe0572 which refactored cluster_rel
The recheck option became a no-op as ClusterOption failed to set proper
values for each element.  There was a second code path where local
options got overwritten.

Both issues have been spotted by Coverity.
2018-07-29 22:00:42 +09:00
Michael Paquier 9ebe0572ce Refactor cluster_rel() to handle more options
This extends cluster_rel() in such a way that more options can be added
in the future, which will reduce the amount of chunk code for an
upcoming SKIP_LOCKED aimed for VACUUM.  As VACUUM FULL is a different
flavor of CLUSTER, we want to make that extensible to ease integration.

This only reworks the API and its callers, without providing anything
user-facing.  Two options are present now: verbose mode and relation
recheck when doing the cluster command work across multiple
transactions.  This could be used as well as a base to extend the
grammar of CLUSTER later on.

Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180723031058.GE2854@paquier.xyz
2018-07-24 11:37:32 +09:00
Heikki Linnakangas 5220bb7533 Expand run-time partition pruning to work with MergeAppend
This expands the support for the run-time partition pruning which was added
for Append in 499be013de to also allow unneeded subnodes of a MergeAppend
to be removed.

Author: David Rowley
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAKJS1f_F_V8D7Wu-HVdnH7zCUxhoGK8XhLLtd%3DCu85qDZzXrgg%40mail.gmail.com
2018-07-19 13:49:43 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas 6b387179ba Fix misc typos, mostly in comments.
A collection of typos I happened to spot while reading code, as well as
grepping for common mistakes.

Backpatch to all supported versions, as applicable, to avoid conflicts
when backporting other commits in the future.
2018-07-18 16:17:32 +03:00
Michael Paquier edc6b41bd4 Rename VACOPT_NOWAIT to VACOPT_SKIP_LOCKED
When it comes to SELECT ... FOR or LOCK, NOWAIT means to not wait for
something to happen, and issue an error.  SKIP LOCKED means to not wait
for something to happen but to move on without issuing an error.  The
internal option of autovacuum and autoanalyze mentioned above, used only
when wraparound is not involved was named NOWAIT, but behaves like SKIP
LOCKED which is confusing.

Author: Nathan Bossart
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180307050345.GA3095@paquier.xyz
2018-07-12 14:28:28 +09:00
Tom Lane ff4f889164 Fix bugs with degenerate window ORDER BY clauses in GROUPS/RANGE mode.
nodeWindowAgg.c failed to cope with the possibility that no ordering
columns are defined in the window frame for GROUPS mode or RANGE OFFSET
mode, leading to assertion failures or odd errors, as reported by Masahiko
Sawada and Lukas Eder.  In RANGE OFFSET mode, an ordering column is really
required, so add an Assert about that.  In GROUPS mode, the code would
work, except that the node initialization code wasn't in sync with the
execution code about when to set up tuplestore read pointers and spare
slots.  Fix the latter for consistency's sake (even though I think the
changes described below make the out-of-sync cases unreachable for now).

Per SQL spec, a single ordering column is required for RANGE OFFSET mode,
and at least one ordering column is required for GROUPS mode.  The parser
enforced the former but not the latter; add a check for that.

We were able to reach the no-ordering-column cases even with fully spec
compliant queries, though, because the planner would drop partitioning
and ordering columns from the generated plan if they were redundant with
earlier columns according to the redundant-pathkey logic, for instance
"PARTITION BY x ORDER BY y" in the presence of a "WHERE x=y" qual.
While in principle that's an optimization that could save some pointless
comparisons at runtime, it seems unlikely to be meaningful in the real
world.  I think this behavior was not so much an intentional optimization
as a side-effect of an ancient decision to construct the plan node's
ordering-column info by reverse-engineering the PathKeys of the input
path.  If we give up redundant-column removal then it takes very little
code to generate the plan node info directly from the WindowClause,
ensuring that we have the expected number of ordering columns in all
cases.  (If anyone does complain about this, the planner could perhaps
be taught to remove redundant columns only when it's safe to do so,
ie *not* in RANGE OFFSET mode.  But I doubt anyone ever will.)

With these changes, the WindowAggPath.winpathkeys field is not used for
anything anymore, so remove it.

The test cases added here are not actually very interesting given the
removal of the redundant-column-removal logic, but they would represent
important corner cases if anyone ever tries to put that back.

Tom Lane and Masahiko Sawada.  Back-patch to v11 where RANGE OFFSET
and GROUPS modes were added.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoDrWqycq-w_+Bx1cjc+YUhZ11XTj9rfxNiNDojjBx8Fjw@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/153086788677.17476.8002640580496698831@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2018-07-11 12:07:20 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera f5545287dc Fix typo in comment
Author: Amit Langote
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/b23dc88b-df41-ef07-22c5-12f77cf73b57@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-06-27 15:40:28 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera 7d872c91a3 Allow direct lookups of AppendRelInfo by child relid
find_appinfos_by_relids had quite a large overhead when the number of
items in the append_rel_list was high, as it had to trawl through the
append_rel_list looking for AppendRelInfos belonging to the given
childrelids.  Since there can only be a single AppendRelInfo for each
child rel, it seems much better to store an array in PlannerInfo which
indexes these by child relid, making the function O(1) rather than O(N).
This function was only called once inside the planner, so just replace
that call with a lookup to the new array.  find_childrel_appendrelinfo
is now unused and thus removed.

This fixes a planner performance regression new to v11 reported by
Thomas Reiss.

Author: David Rowley
Reported-by: Thomas Reiss
Reviewed-by: Ashutosh Bapat
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/94dd7a4b-5e50-0712-911d-2278e055c622@dalibo.com
2018-06-26 10:35:26 -04:00
Tom Lane 4e23236403 Improve commentary about run-time partition pruning data structures.
No code changes except for a couple of new Asserts.

David Rowley and Tom Lane

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f-6GODRNgEtdPxCnAPme2h2hTztB6LmtfdmcYAAOE0kQg@mail.gmail.com
2018-06-11 17:35:53 -04:00
Tom Lane 321f648a31 Assorted cosmetic cleanup of run-time-partition-pruning code.
Use "subplan" rather than "subnode" to refer to the child plans of
a partitioning Append; this seems a bit more specific and hence
clearer.  Improve assorted comments.  No non-cosmetic changes.

David Rowley and Tom Lane

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRBjrufA3ocDm8o4LPGNye9Y+pm1b9kCwode4X04CULG3g@mail.gmail.com
2018-06-10 18:24:34 -04:00
Tom Lane 939449de0e Relocate partition pruning structs to a saner place.
These struct definitions were originally dropped into primnodes.h,
which is a poor choice since that's mainly intended for primitive
expression node types; these are not in that category.  What they
are is auxiliary info in Plan trees, so move them to plannodes.h.

For consistency, also relocate some related code that was apparently
placed with the aid of a dartboard.

There's no interesting code changes in this commit, just reshuffling.

David Rowley and Tom Lane

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRBjrufA3ocDm8o4LPGNye9Y+pm1b9kCwode4X04CULG3g@mail.gmail.com
2018-06-10 16:30:14 -04:00
Tom Lane 73b7f48f78 Improve run-time partition pruning to handle any stable expression.
The initial coding of the run-time-pruning feature only coped with cases
where the partition key(s) are compared to Params.  That is a bit silly;
we can allow it to work with any non-Var-containing stable expression, as
long as we take special care with expressions containing PARAM_EXEC Params.
The code is hardly any longer this way, and it's considerably clearer
(IMO at least).  Per gripe from Pavel Stehule.

David Rowley, whacked around a bit by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRBjrufA3ocDm8o4LPGNye9Y+pm1b9kCwode4X04CULG3g@mail.gmail.com
2018-06-10 15:22:32 -04:00
Tom Lane bdf46af748 Post-feature-freeze pgindent run.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15719.1523984266@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-04-26 14:47:16 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera 055fb8d33d Add GUC enable_partition_pruning
This controls both plan-time and execution-time new-style partition
pruning.  While finer-grain control is possible (maybe using an enum GUC
instead of boolean), there doesn't seem to be much need for that.

This new parameter controls partition pruning for all queries:
trivially, SELECT queries that affect partitioned tables are naturally
under its control since they are using the new technology.  However,
while UPDATE/DELETE queries do not use the new code, we make the new GUC
control their behavior also (stealing control from
constraint_exclusion), because it is more natural, and it leads to a
more natural transition to the future in which those queries will also
use the new pruning code.

Constraint exclusion still controls pruning for regular inheritance
situations (those not involving partitioned tables).

Author: David Rowley
Review: Amit Langote, Ashutosh Bapat, Justin Pryzby, David G. Johnston
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f_0HwsxJG9m+nzU+CizxSdGtfe6iF_ykPYBiYft302DCw@mail.gmail.com
2018-04-23 17:57:43 -03:00
Tom Lane c792c7db41 Change more places to be less trusting of RestrictInfo.is_pushed_down.
On further reflection, commit e5d83995e didn't go far enough: pretty much
everywhere in the planner that examines a clause's is_pushed_down flag
ought to be changed to use the more complicated behavior where we also
check the clause's required_relids.  Otherwise we could make incorrect
decisions about whether, say, a clause is safe to use as a hash clause.

Some (many?) of these places are safe as-is, either because they are
never reached while considering a parameterized path, or because there
are additional checks that would reject a pushed-down clause anyway.
However, it seems smarter to just code them all the same way rather
than rely on easily-broken reasoning of that sort.

In support of that, invent a new macro RINFO_IS_PUSHED_DOWN that should
be used in place of direct tests on the is_pushed_down flag.

Like the previous patch, back-patch to all supported branches.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/f8128b11-c5bf-3539-48cd-234178b2314d@proxel.se
2018-04-20 15:19:16 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera b7e2cbc5b4 Update Append's idea of first_partial_plan
It turns out that after runtime partition pruning, Append's
first_partial_plan does not accurately represent partial plans to run,
if any of those got pruned.  This could limit participation of workers
in some partial subplans, if other subplans got pruned.  Fix it by
keeping an index of the first valid partial subplan in the state node,
determined at execnode Init time.

Author: David Rowley, with cosmetic changes by me.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f8o2Yd=rOP=Et3A0FWgF+gSAOkFSU6eNhnGzTPV7nN8sQ@mail.gmail.com
2018-04-17 16:25:02 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera da6f3e45dd Reorganize partitioning code
There's been a massive addition of partitioning code in PostgreSQL 11,
with little oversight on its placement, resulting in a
catalog/partition.c with poorly defined boundaries and responsibilities.
This commit tries to set a couple of distinct modules to separate things
a little bit.  There are no code changes here, only code movement.

There are three new files:
  src/backend/utils/cache/partcache.c
  src/include/partitioning/partdefs.h
  src/include/utils/partcache.h

The previous arrangement of #including catalog/partition.h almost
everywhere is no more.

Authors: Amit Langote and Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/98e8d509-790a-128c-be7f-e48a5b2d8d97@lab.ntt.co.jp
	https://postgr.es/m/11aa0c50-316b-18bb-722d-c23814f39059@lab.ntt.co.jp
	https://postgr.es/m/143ed9a4-6038-76d4-9a55-502035815e68@lab.ntt.co.jp
	https://postgr.es/m/20180413193503.nynq7bnmgh6vs5vm@alvherre.pgsql
2018-04-14 21:12:14 -03:00
Simon Riggs 08ea7a2291 Revert MERGE patch
This reverts commits d204ef6377,
83454e3c2b and a few more commits thereafter
(complete list at the end) related to MERGE feature.

While the feature was fully functional, with sufficient test coverage and
necessary documentation, it was felt that some parts of the executor and
parse-analyzer can use a different design and it wasn't possible to do that in
the available time. So it was decided to revert the patch for PG11 and retry
again in the future.

Thanks again to all reviewers and bug reporters.

List of commits reverted, in reverse chronological order:

 f1464c5380 Improve parse representation for MERGE
 ddb4158579 MERGE syntax diagram correction
 530e69e59b Allow cpluspluscheck to pass by renaming variable
 01b88b4df5 MERGE minor errata
 3af7b2b0d4 MERGE fix variable warning in non-assert builds
 a5d86181ec MERGE INSERT allows only one VALUES clause
 4b2d44031f MERGE post-commit review
 4923550c20 Tab completion for MERGE
 aa3faa3c7a WITH support in MERGE
 83454e3c2b New files for MERGE
 d204ef6377 MERGE SQL Command following SQL:2016

Author: Pavan Deolasee
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier
2018-04-12 11:22:56 +01:00
Teodor Sigaev c9c875a28f Rename IndexInfo.ii_KeyAttrNumbers array
Rename ii_KeyAttrNumbers to ii_IndexAttrNumbers to prevent confusion with
ii_NumIndexAttrs/ii_NumIndexKeyAttrs. ii_IndexAttrNumbers contains
all attributes including "including" columns, not only key attribute.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/13123421-1d52-d0e4-c95c-6d69011e0595%40sigaev.ru
2018-04-12 13:02:45 +03:00
Alvaro Herrera 15a8f8caad Fix IndexOnlyScan counter for heap fetches in parallel mode
The HeapFetches counter was using a simple value in IndexOnlyScanState,
which fails to propagate values from parallel workers; so the counts are
wrong when IndexOnlyScan runs in parallel.  Move it to Instrumentation,
like all the other counters.

While at it, change INSERT ON CONFLICT conflicting tuple counter to use
the new ntuples2 instead of nfiltered2, which is a blatant misuse.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180409215851.idwc75ct2bzi6tea@alvherre.pgsql
2018-04-10 15:56:15 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera 468abb8f7a Fix incorrect logic for choosing the next Parallel Append subplan
In 499be013de support for pruning unneeded Append subnodes was added.
The logic in that commit was not correctly checking if the next subplan
was in fact a valid subplan. This could cause parallel workers processes
to be given a subplan to work on which didn't require any work.

Per code review following an otherwise unexplained regression failure in
buildfarm member Pademelon.  (We haven't been able to reproduce the
failure, so this is a bit of a blind fix in terms of whether it'll
actually fix it; but it is a clear bug nonetheless).

In passing, also add a comment to explain what first_partial_plan means.

Author: David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f_E5r05hHUVG3UmCQJ49DGKKHtN=SHybD44LdzBn+CJng@mail.gmail.com
2018-04-09 17:23:49 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera 499be013de Support partition pruning at execution time
Existing partition pruning is only able to work at plan time, for query
quals that appear in the parsed query.  This is good but limiting, as
there can be parameters that appear later that can be usefully used to
further prune partitions.

This commit adds support for pruning subnodes of Append which cannot
possibly contain any matching tuples, during execution, by evaluating
Params to determine the minimum set of subnodes that can possibly match.
We support more than just simple Params in WHERE clauses. Support
additionally includes:

1. Parameterized Nested Loop Joins: The parameter from the outer side of the
   join can be used to determine the minimum set of inner side partitions to
   scan.

2. Initplans: Once an initplan has been executed we can then determine which
   partitions match the value from the initplan.

Partition pruning is performed in two ways.  When Params external to the plan
are found to match the partition key we attempt to prune away unneeded Append
subplans during the initialization of the executor.  This allows us to bypass
the initialization of non-matching subplans meaning they won't appear in the
EXPLAIN or EXPLAIN ANALYZE output.

For parameters whose value is only known during the actual execution
then the pruning of these subplans must wait.  Subplans which are
eliminated during this stage of pruning are still visible in the EXPLAIN
output.  In order to determine if pruning has actually taken place, the
EXPLAIN ANALYZE must be viewed.  If a certain Append subplan was never
executed due to the elimination of the partition then the execution
timing area will state "(never executed)".  Whereas, if, for example in
the case of parameterized nested loops, the number of loops stated in
the EXPLAIN ANALYZE output for certain subplans may appear lower than
others due to the subplan having been scanned fewer times.  This is due
to the list of matching subnodes having to be evaluated whenever a
parameter which was found to match the partition key changes.

This commit required some additional infrastructure that permits the
building of a data structure which is able to perform the translation of
the matching partition IDs, as returned by get_matching_partitions, into
the list index of a subpaths list, as exist in node types such as
Append, MergeAppend and ModifyTable.  This allows us to translate a list
of clauses into a Bitmapset of all the subpath indexes which must be
included to satisfy the clause list.

Author: David Rowley, based on an earlier effort by Beena Emerson
Reviewers: Amit Langote, Robert Haas, Amul Sul, Rajkumar Raghuwanshi,
Jesper Pedersen
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAOG9ApE16ac-_VVZVvv0gePSgkg_BwYEV1NBqZFqDR2bBE0X0A@mail.gmail.com
2018-04-07 17:54:39 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera 5c0675215e Add bms_prev_member function
This works very much like the existing bms_last_member function, only it
traverses through the Bitmapset in the opposite direction from the most
significant bit down to the least significant bit.  A special prevbit value of
-1 may be used to have the function determine the most significant bit.  This
is useful for starting a loop.  When there are no members less than prevbit,
the function returns -2 to indicate there are no more members.

Author: David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f-K=3d5MDASNYFJpUpc20xcBnAwNC1-AOeunhn0OtkWbQ@mail.gmail.com
2018-04-07 17:54:39 -03:00
Teodor Sigaev 8224de4f42 Indexes with INCLUDE columns and their support in B-tree
This patch introduces INCLUDE clause to index definition.  This clause
specifies a list of columns which will be included as a non-key part in
the index.  The INCLUDE columns exist solely to allow more queries to
benefit from index-only scans.  Also, such columns don't need to have
appropriate operator classes.  Expressions are not supported as INCLUDE
columns since they cannot be used in index-only scans.

Index access methods supporting INCLUDE are indicated by amcaninclude flag
in IndexAmRoutine.  For now, only B-tree indexes support INCLUDE clause.

In B-tree indexes INCLUDE columns are truncated from pivot index tuples
(tuples located in non-leaf pages and high keys).  Therefore, B-tree indexes
now might have variable number of attributes.  This patch also provides
generic facility to support that: pivot tuples contain number of their
attributes in t_tid.ip_posid.  Free 13th bit of t_info is used for indicating
that.  This facility will simplify further support of index suffix truncation.
The changes of above are backward-compatible, pg_upgrade doesn't need special
handling of B-tree indexes for that.

Bump catalog version

Author: Anastasia Lubennikova with contribition by Alexander Korotkov and me
Reviewed by: Peter Geoghegan, Tomas Vondra, Antonin Houska, Jeff Janes,
			 David Rowley, Alexander Korotkov
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/56168952.4010101@postgrespro.ru
2018-04-07 23:00:39 +03:00
Robert Haas 3d956d9562 Allow insert and update tuple routing and COPY for foreign tables.
Also enable this for postgres_fdw.

Etsuro Fujita, based on an earlier patch by Amit Langote. The larger
patch series of which this is a part has been reviewed by Amit
Langote, David Fetter, Maksim Milyutin, Álvaro Herrera, Stephen Frost,
and me.  Minor documentation changes to the final version by me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/29906a26-da12-8c86-4fb9-d8f88442f2b9@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-04-06 19:22:03 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera 9fdb675fc5 Faster partition pruning
Add a new module backend/partitioning/partprune.c, implementing a more
sophisticated algorithm for partition pruning.  The new module uses each
partition's "boundinfo" for pruning instead of constraint exclusion,
based on an idea proposed by Robert Haas of a "pruning program": a list
of steps generated from the query quals which are run iteratively to
obtain a list of partitions that must be scanned in order to satisfy
those quals.

At present, this targets planner-time partition pruning, but there exist
further patches to apply partition pruning at execution time as well.

This commit also moves some definitions from include/catalog/partition.h
to a new file include/partitioning/partbounds.h, in an attempt to
rationalize partitioning related code.

Authors: Amit Langote, David Rowley, Dilip Kumar
Reviewers: Robert Haas, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Ashutosh Bapat, Jesper Pedersen.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/098b9c71-1915-1a2a-8d52-1a7a50ce79e8@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-04-06 16:44:05 -03:00
Simon Riggs f1464c5380 Improve parse representation for MERGE
Separation of parser data structures from executor, as
requested by Tom Lane. Further improvements possible.

While there, implement error for multiple VALUES clauses via parser
to allow line number of error, as requested by Andres Freund.

Author: Pavan Deolasee

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CABOikdPpqjectFchg0FyTOpsGXyPoqwgC==OLKWuxgBOsrDDZw@mail.gmail.com
2018-04-06 09:38:59 +01:00
Simon Riggs aa3faa3c7a WITH support in MERGE
Author: Peter Geoghegan
Recursive support removed, no tests
Docs added by me
2018-04-03 12:13:59 +01:00
Simon Riggs d204ef6377 MERGE SQL Command following SQL:2016
MERGE performs actions that modify rows in the target table
using a source table or query. MERGE provides a single SQL
statement that can conditionally INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE rows
a task that would other require multiple PL statements.
e.g.

MERGE INTO target AS t
USING source AS s
ON t.tid = s.sid
WHEN MATCHED AND t.balance > s.delta THEN
  UPDATE SET balance = t.balance - s.delta
WHEN MATCHED THEN
  DELETE
WHEN NOT MATCHED AND s.delta > 0 THEN
  INSERT VALUES (s.sid, s.delta)
WHEN NOT MATCHED THEN
  DO NOTHING;

MERGE works with regular and partitioned tables, including
column and row security enforcement, as well as support for
row, statement and transition triggers.

MERGE is optimized for OLTP and is parameterizable, though
also useful for large scale ETL/ELT. MERGE is not intended
to be used in preference to existing single SQL commands
for INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE since there is some overhead.
MERGE can be used statically from PL/pgSQL.

MERGE does not yet support inheritance, write rules,
RETURNING clauses, updatable views or foreign tables.
MERGE follows SQL Standard per the most recent SQL:2016.

Includes full tests and documentation, including full
isolation tests to demonstrate the concurrent behavior.

This version written from scratch in 2017 by Simon Riggs,
using docs and tests originally written in 2009. Later work
from Pavan Deolasee has been both complex and deep, leaving
the lead author credit now in his hands.
Extensive discussion of concurrency from Peter Geoghegan,
with thanks for the time and effort contributed.

Various issues reported via sqlsmith by Andreas Seltenreich

Authors: Pavan Deolasee, Simon Riggs
Reviewer: Peter Geoghegan, Amit Langote, Tomas Vondra, Simon Riggs

Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/CANP8+jKitBSrB7oTgT9CY2i1ObfOt36z0XMraQc+Xrz8QB0nXA@mail.gmail.com
https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkJdBuxj9PO=2QaO9-3h3xGbQPZ34kJH=HukRekwM-GZg@mail.gmail.com
2018-04-03 09:28:16 +01:00
Simon Riggs 7cf8a5c302 Revert "Modified files for MERGE"
This reverts commit 354f13855e.
2018-04-02 21:34:15 +01:00
Simon Riggs 354f13855e Modified files for MERGE 2018-04-02 21:12:47 +01:00
Tom Lane 0b11a674fb Fix a boatload of typos in C comments.
Justin Pryzby

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180331105640.GK28454@telsasoft.com
2018-04-01 15:01:28 -04:00
Robert Haas c1de1a3a8b Remove 'target' from GroupPathExtraData.
It's not needed.

Jeevan Chalke

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAM2+6=XPWujjmj5zUaBTGDoB38CemwcPmjkRy0qOcsQj_V+2sQ@mail.gmail.com
2018-03-29 16:17:18 -04:00
Tom Lane 442accc3fe Allow memory contexts to have both fixed and variable ident strings.
Originally, we treated memory context names as potentially variable in
all cases, and therefore always copied them into the context header.
Commit 9fa6f00b1 rethought this a little bit and invented a distinction
between fixed and variable names, skipping the copy step for the former.
But we can make things both simpler and more useful by instead allowing
there to be two parts to a context's identification, a fixed "name" and
an optional, variable "ident".  The name supplied in the context create
call is now required to be a compile-time-constant string in all cases,
as it is never copied but just pointed to.  The "ident" string, if
wanted, is supplied later.  This is needed because typically we want
the ident to be stored inside the context so that it's cleaned up
automatically on context deletion; that means it has to be copied into
the context before we can set the pointer.

The cost of this approach is basically just an additional pointer field
in struct MemoryContextData, which isn't much overhead, and is bought
back entirely in the AllocSet case by not needing a headerSize field
anymore, since we no longer have to cope with variable header length.
In addition, we can simplify the internal interfaces for memory context
creation still further, saving a few cycles there.  And it's no longer
true that a custom identifier disqualifies a context from participating
in aset.c's freelist scheme, so possibly there's some win on that end.

All the places that were using non-compile-time-constant context names
are adjusted to put the variable info into the "ident" instead.  This
allows more effective identification of those contexts in many cases;
for example, subsidary contexts of relcache entries are now identified
by both type (e.g. "index info") and relname, where before you got only
one or the other.  Contexts associated with PL function cache entries
are now identified more fully and uniformly, too.

I also arranged for plancache contexts to use the query source string
as their identifier.  This is basically free for CachedPlanSources, as
they contained a copy of that string already.  We pay an extra pstrdup
to do it for CachedPlans.  That could perhaps be avoided, but it would
make things more fragile (since the CachedPlanSource is sometimes
destroyed first).  I suspect future improvements in error reporting will
require CachedPlans to have a copy of that string anyway, so it's not
clear that it's worth moving mountains to avoid it now.

This also changes the APIs for context statistics routines so that the
context-specific routines no longer assume that output goes straight
to stderr, nor do they know all details of the output format.  This
is useful immediately to reduce code duplication, and it also allows
for external code to do something with stats output that's different
from printing to stderr.

The reason for pushing this now rather than waiting for v12 is that
it rethinks some of the API changes made by commit 9fa6f00b1.  Seems
better for extension authors to endure just one round of API changes
not two.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB=Je-FdtmFZ9y9REHD7VsSrnCkiBhsA4mdsLKSPauwXtQBeNA@mail.gmail.com
2018-03-27 16:46:51 -04:00
Andres Freund 32af96b2b1 JIT tuple deforming in LLVM JIT provider.
Performing JIT compilation for deforming gains performance benefits
over unJITed deforming from compile-time knowledge of the tuple
descriptor. Fixed column widths, NOT NULLness, etc can be taken
advantage of.

Right now the JITed deforming is only used when deforming tuples as
part of expression evaluation (and obviously only if the descriptor is
known). It's likely to be beneficial in other cases, too.

By default tuple deforming is JITed whenever an expression is JIT
compiled. There's a separate boolean GUC controlling it, but that's
expected to be primarily useful for development and benchmarking.

Docs will follow in a later commit containing docs for the whole JIT
feature.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170901064131.tazjxwus3k2w3ybh@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-03-26 12:57:19 -07:00
Alvaro Herrera 555ee77a96 Handle INSERT .. ON CONFLICT with partitioned tables
Commit eb7ed3f306 enabled unique constraints on partitioned tables,
but one thing that was not working properly is INSERT/ON CONFLICT.
This commit introduces a new node keeps state related to the ON CONFLICT
clause per partition, and fills it when that partition is about to be
used for tuple routing.

Author: Amit Langote, Álvaro Herrera
Reviewed-by: Etsuro Fujita, Pavan Deolasee
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180228004602.cwdyralmg5ejdqkq@alvherre.pgsql
2018-03-26 10:43:54 -03:00
Andres Freund 7ced1d1247 Add FIELDNO_* macro designating offset into structs required for JIT.
For any interesting JIT target, fields inside structs need to be
accessed. b96d550e contains infrastructure for syncing the definition
of types between postgres C code and runtime code generation with
LLVM. But that doesn't sync the number or names of fields inside
structs, just the types (including padding etc).

One option would be to hardcode the offset numbers in the JIT code,
but that'd be hard to keep in sync. Instead add macros indicating the
field offset to the fields that need to be accessed. Not pretty, but
manageable.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170901064131.tazjxwus3k2w3ybh@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-03-22 14:45:59 -07:00
Andres Freund cc415a56d0 Basic planner and executor integration for JIT.
This adds simple cost based plan time decision about whether JIT
should be performed. jit_above_cost, jit_optimize_above_cost are
compared with the total cost of a plan, and if the cost is above them
JIT is performed / optimization is performed respectively.

For that PlannedStmt and EState have a jitFlags (es_jit_flags) field
that stores information about what JIT operations should be performed.

EState now also has a new es_jit field, which can store a
JitContext. When there are no errors the context is released in
standard_ExecutorEnd().

It is likely that the default values for jit_[optimize_]above_cost
will need to be adapted further, but in my test these values seem to
work reasonably.

Author: Andres Freund, with feedback by Peter Eisentraut
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170901064131.tazjxwus3k2w3ybh@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-03-22 11:51:58 -07:00
Robert Haas e2f1eb0ee3 Implement partition-wise grouping/aggregation.
If the partition keys of input relation are part of the GROUP BY
clause, all the rows belonging to a given group come from a single
partition.  This allows aggregation/grouping over a partitioned
relation to be broken down * into aggregation/grouping on each
partition.  This should be no worse, and often better, than the normal
approach.

If the GROUP BY clause does not contain all the partition keys, we can
still perform partial aggregation for each partition and then finalize
aggregation after appending the partial results.  This is less certain
to be a win, but it's still useful.

Jeevan Chalke, Ashutosh Bapat, Robert Haas.  The larger patch series
of which this patch is a part was also reviewed and tested by Antonin
Houska, Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, David Rowley, Dilip Kumar, Konstantin
Knizhnik, Pascal Legrand, and Rafia Sabih.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAM2+6=V64_xhstVHie0Rz=KPEQnLJMZt_e314P0jaT_oJ9MR8A@mail.gmail.com
2018-03-22 12:49:48 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera ee0a1fc84e Remove unnecessary members from ModifyTableState and ExecInsert
These values can be obtained from the ModifyTable node which is already
a part of both the ModifyTableState and ExecInsert.

Author: Álvaro Herrera, Amit Langote
Reviewed-by: Peter Geoghegan
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180316151303.rml2p5wffn3o6qy6@alvherre.pgsql
2018-03-19 18:09:43 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera 6666ee49f4 Fix state reversal after partition tuple routing
We make some changes to ModifyTableState and the EState it uses whenever
we route tuples to partitions; but we weren't restoring properly in all
cases, possibly causing crashes when partitions with different tuple
descriptors are targeted by tuples inserted in the same command.
Refactor some code, creating ExecPrepareTupleRouting, to encapsulate the
needed state changing logic, and have it invoked one level above its
current place (ie. put it in ExecModifyTable instead of ExecInsert);
this makes it all more readable.

Add a test case to exercise this.

We don't support having views as partitions; and since only views can
have INSTEAD OF triggers, there is no point in testing for INSTEAD OF
when processing insertions into a partitioned table.  Remove code that
appears to support this (but which is actually never relevant.)

In passing, fix location of some very confusing comments in
ModifyTableState.

Reported-by: Amit Langote
Author: Etsuro Fujita, Amit Langote
Discussion: https://postgr/es/m/0473bf5c-57b1-f1f7-3d58-455c2230bc5f@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-03-19 17:45:53 -03:00
Peter Eisentraut ec87efde8d Simplify parse representation of savepoint commands
Instead of embedding the savepoint name in a list and then requiring
complex code to unpack it, just add another struct field to store it
directly.

Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
2018-03-16 13:18:06 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut 6cf86f4354 Change internal integer representation of Value node
A Value node would store an integer as a long.  This causes needless
portability risks, as long can be of varying sizes.  Change it to use
int instead.  All code using this was already careful to only store
32-bit values anyway.

Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
2018-03-13 09:56:25 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera 5564c11815 Clone extended stats in CREATE TABLE (LIKE INCLUDING ALL)
The LIKE INCLUDING ALL clause to CREATE TABLE intuitively indicates
cloning of extended statistics on the source table, but it failed to do
so.  Patch it up so that it does.  Also include an INCLUDING STATISTICS
option to the LIKE clause, so that the behavior can be requested
individually, or excluded individually.

While at it, reorder the INCLUDING options, both in code and in docs, in
alphabetical order which makes more sense than feature-implementation
order that was previously used.

Backpatch this to Postgres 10, where extended statistics were
introduced, because this is seen as an oversight in a fresh feature
which is better to get consistent from the get-go instead of changing
only in pg11.

In pg11, comments on statistics objects are cloned too.  In pg10 they
are not, because I (Álvaro) was too coward to change the parse node as
required to support it.  Also, in pg10 I chose not to renumber the
parser symbols for the various INCLUDING options in LIKE, for the same
reason.  Any corresponding user-visible changes (docs) are backpatched,
though.

Reported-by: Stephen Froehlich
Author: David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera, Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CY1PR0601MB1927315B45667A1B679D0FD5E5EF0@CY1PR0601MB1927.namprd06.prod.outlook.com
2018-03-05 19:37:19 -03:00
Robert Haas 2af28e6033 For partitionwise join, match on partcollation, not parttypcoll.
The previous code considered two tables to have the partition scheme
if the underlying columns had the same collation, but what we
actually need to compare is not the collations associated with the
column but the collation used for partitioning.  Fix that.

Robert Haas and Amit Langote

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/0f95f924-0efa-4cf5-eb5f-9a3d1bc3c33d@lab.ntt.co.jp
2018-02-28 12:16:09 -05:00
Robert Haas 3bf05e096b Add a new upper planner relation for partially-aggregated results.
Up until now, we've abused grouped_rel->partial_pathlist as a place to
store partial paths that have been partially aggregate, but that's
really not correct, because a partial path for a relation is supposed
to be one which produces the correct results with the addition of only
a Gather or Gather Merge node, and these paths also require a Finalize
Aggregate step.  Instead, add a new partially_group_rel which can hold
either partial paths (which need to be gathered and then have
aggregation finalized) or non-partial paths (which only need to have
aggregation finalized).  This allows us to reuse generate_gather_paths
for partially_grouped_rel instead of writing new code, so that this
patch actually basically no net new code while making things cleaner,
simplifying things for pending patches for partition-wise aggregate.

Robert Haas and Jeevan Chalke.  The larger patch series of which this
patch is a part was also reviewed and tested by Antonin Houska,
Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, David Rowley, Dilip Kumar, Konstantin Knizhnik,
Pascal Legrand, Rafia Sabih, and me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmobrzFYS3+U8a_BCy3-hOvh5UyJbC18rEcYehxhpw5=ETA@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZyQEjdBNuoG9-wC5GQ5GrO4544Myo13dVptvx+uLg9uQ@mail.gmail.com
2018-02-26 09:32:32 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut 76b6aa41f4 Support parameters in CALL
To support parameters in CALL, move the parse analysis of the procedure
and arguments into the global transformation phase, so that the parser
hooks can be applied.  And then at execution time pass the parameters
from ProcessUtility on to ExecuteCallStmt.
2018-02-22 21:36:48 -05:00
Andres Freund bf6c614a2f Do execGrouping.c via expression eval machinery, take two.
This has a performance benefit on own, although not hugely so. The
primary benefit is that it will allow for to JIT tuple deforming and
comparator invocations.

Large parts of this were previously committed (773aec7aa), but the
commit contained an omission around cross-type comparisons and was
thus reverted.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171129080934.amqqkke2zjtekd4t@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-02-16 14:38:13 -08:00
Andres Freund 2a41507dab Revert "Do execGrouping.c via expression eval machinery."
This reverts commit 773aec7aa9.

There's an unresolved issue in the reverted commit: It only creates
one comparator function, but in for the nodeSubplan.c case we need
more (c.f. FindTupleHashEntry vs LookupTupleHashEntry calls in
nodeSubplan.c).

This isn't too difficult to fix, but it's not entirely trivial
either. The fact that the issue only causes breakage on 32bit systems
shows that the current test coverage isn't that great.  To avoid
turning half the buildfarm red till those two issues are addressed,
revert.
2018-02-15 22:39:18 -08:00
Andres Freund 773aec7aa9 Do execGrouping.c via expression eval machinery.
This has a performance benefit on own, although not hugely so. The
primary benefit is that it will allow for to JIT tuple deforming and
comparator invocations.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171129080934.amqqkke2zjtekd4t@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-02-15 21:55:31 -08:00
Robert Haas e44dd84325 Avoid listing the same ResultRelInfo in more than one EState list.
Doing so causes EXPLAIN ANALYZE to show trigger statistics multiple
times.  Commit 2f17844104 seems to
be to blame for this.

Amit Langote, revieed by Amit Khandekar, Etsuro Fujita, and me.
2018-02-08 14:29:05 -05:00
Tom Lane 0a459cec96 Support all SQL:2011 options for window frame clauses.
This patch adds the ability to use "RANGE offset PRECEDING/FOLLOWING"
frame boundaries in window functions.  We'd punted on that back in the
original patch to add window functions, because it was not clear how to
do it in a reasonably data-type-extensible fashion.  That problem is
resolved here by adding the ability for btree operator classes to provide
an "in_range" support function that defines how to add or subtract the
RANGE offset value.  Factoring it this way also allows the operator class
to avoid overflow problems near the ends of the datatype's range, if it
wishes to expend effort on that.  (In the committed patch, the integer
opclasses handle that issue, but it did not seem worth the trouble to
avoid overflow failures for datetime types.)

The patch includes in_range support for the integer_ops opfamily
(int2/int4/int8) as well as the standard datetime types.  Support for
other numeric types has been requested, but that seems like suitable
material for a follow-on patch.

In addition, the patch adds GROUPS mode which counts the offset in
ORDER-BY peer groups rather than rows, and it adds the frame_exclusion
options specified by SQL:2011.  As far as I can see, we are now fully
up to spec on window framing options.

Existing behaviors remain unchanged, except that I changed the errcode
for a couple of existing error reports to meet the SQL spec's expectation
that negative "offset" values should be reported as SQLSTATE 22013.

Internally and in relevant parts of the documentation, we now consistently
use the terminology "offset PRECEDING/FOLLOWING" rather than "value
PRECEDING/FOLLOWING", since the term "value" is confusingly vague.

Oliver Ford, reviewed and whacked around some by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGMVOdu9sivPAxbNN0X+q19Sfv9edEPv=HibOJhB14TJv_RCQg@mail.gmail.com
2018-02-07 00:06:56 -05:00
Robert Haas f069c91a57 Fix possible crash in partition-wise join.
The previous code assumed that we'd always succeed in creating
child-joins for a joinrel for which partition-wise join was considered,
but that's not guaranteed, at least in the case where dummy rels
are involved.

Ashutosh Bapat, with some wordsmithing by me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFjFpRf8=uyMYYfeTBjWDMs1tR5t--FgOe2vKZPULxxdYQ4RNw@mail.gmail.com
2018-02-05 17:31:57 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut 533c5d8bdd Fix application of identity values in some cases
Investigation of 2d2d06b7e2 revealed that
identity values were not applied in some further cases, including
logical replication subscribers, VALUES RTEs, and ALTER TABLE ... ADD
COLUMN.  To fix all that, apply the identity column expression in
build_column_default() instead of repeating the same logic at each call
site.

For ALTER TABLE ... ADD COLUMN ... IDENTITY, the previous coding
completely ignored that existing rows for the new column should have
values filled in from the identity sequence.  The coding using
build_column_default() fails for this because the sequence ownership
isn't registered until after ALTER TABLE, and we can't do it before
because we don't have the column in the catalog yet.  So we specially
remember in ColumnDef the sequence name that we decided on and build a
custom NextValueExpr using that.

Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2018-02-02 14:39:10 -05:00
Robert Haas 9da0cc3528 Support parallel btree index builds.
To make this work, tuplesort.c and logtape.c must also support
parallelism, so this patch adds that infrastructure and then applies
it to the particular case of parallel btree index builds.  Testing
to date shows that this can often be 2-3x faster than a serial
index build.

The model for deciding how many workers to use is fairly primitive
at present, but it's better than not having the feature.  We can
refine it as we get more experience.

Peter Geoghegan with some help from Rushabh Lathia.  While Heikki
Linnakangas is not an author of this patch, he wrote other patches
without which this feature would not have been possible, and
therefore the release notes should possibly credit him as an author
of this feature.  Reviewed by Claudio Freire, Heikki Linnakangas,
Thomas Munro, Tels, Amit Kapila, me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAM3SWZQKM=Pzc=CAHzRixKjp2eO5Q0Jg1SoFQqeXFQ647JiwqQ@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wz=AxWqDoVvGU7dq856S4r6sJAj6DBn7VMtigkB33N5eyg@mail.gmail.com
2018-02-02 13:32:44 -05:00
Tom Lane 4971d2a322 Remove the obsolete WITH clause of CREATE FUNCTION.
This clause was superseded by SQL-standard syntax back in 7.3.
We've kept it around for backwards-compatibility purposes ever since;
but 15 years seems like long enough for that, especially seeing that
there are undocumented weirdnesses in how it interacts with the
SQL-standard syntax for specifying the same options.

Michael Paquier, per an observation by Daniel Gustafsson;
some small cosmetic adjustments to nearby code by me.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180115022748.GB1724@paquier.xyz
2018-01-26 12:25:44 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut 8561e4840c Transaction control in PL procedures
In each of the supplied procedural languages (PL/pgSQL, PL/Perl,
PL/Python, PL/Tcl), add language-specific commit and rollback
functions/commands to control transactions in procedures in that
language.  Add similar underlying functions to SPI.  Some additional
cleanup so that transaction commit or abort doesn't blow away data
structures still used by the procedure call.  Add execution context
tracking to CALL and DO statements so that transaction control commands
can only be issued in top-level procedure and block calls, not function
calls or other procedure or block calls.

- SPI

Add a new function SPI_connect_ext() that is like SPI_connect() but
allows passing option flags.  The only option flag right now is
SPI_OPT_NONATOMIC.  A nonatomic SPI connection can execute transaction
control commands, otherwise it's not allowed.  This is meant to be
passed down from CALL and DO statements which themselves know in which
context they are called.  A nonatomic SPI connection uses different
memory management.  A normal SPI connection allocates its memory in
TopTransactionContext.  For nonatomic connections we use PortalContext
instead.  As the comment in SPI_connect_ext() (previously SPI_connect())
indicates, one could potentially use PortalContext in all cases, but it
seems safest to leave the existing uses alone, because this stuff is
complicated enough already.

SPI also gets new functions SPI_start_transaction(), SPI_commit(), and
SPI_rollback(), which can be used by PLs to implement their transaction
control logic.

- portalmem.c

Some adjustments were made in the code that cleans up portals at
transaction abort.  The portal code could already handle a command
*committing* a transaction and continuing (e.g., VACUUM), but it was not
quite prepared for a command *aborting* a transaction and continuing.

In AtAbort_Portals(), remove the code that marks an active portal as
failed.  As the comment there already predicted, this doesn't work if
the running command wants to keep running after transaction abort.  And
it's actually not necessary, because pquery.c is careful to run all
portal code in a PG_TRY block and explicitly runs MarkPortalFailed() if
there is an exception.  So the code in AtAbort_Portals() is never used
anyway.

In AtAbort_Portals() and AtCleanup_Portals(), we need to be careful not
to clean up active portals too much.  This mirrors similar code in
PreCommit_Portals().

- PL/Perl

Gets new functions spi_commit() and spi_rollback()

- PL/pgSQL

Gets new commands COMMIT and ROLLBACK.

Update the PL/SQL porting example in the documentation to reflect that
transactions are now possible in procedures.

- PL/Python

Gets new functions plpy.commit and plpy.rollback.

- PL/Tcl

Gets new commands commit and rollback.

Reviewed-by: Andrew Dunstan <andrew.dunstan@2ndquadrant.com>
2018-01-22 08:43:06 -05:00
Robert Haas 2f17844104 Allow UPDATE to move rows between partitions.
When an UPDATE causes a row to no longer match the partition
constraint, try to move it to a different partition where it does
match the partition constraint.  In essence, the UPDATE is split into
a DELETE from the old partition and an INSERT into the new one.  This
can lead to surprising behavior in concurrency scenarios because
EvalPlanQual rechecks won't work as they normally did; the known
problems are documented.  (There is a pending patch to improve the
situation further, but it needs more review.)

Amit Khandekar, reviewed and tested by Amit Langote, David Rowley,
Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, Dilip Kumar, Amul Sul, Thomas Munro, Álvaro
Herrera, Amit Kapila, and me.  A few final revisions by me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAJ3gD9do9o2ccQ7j7+tSgiE1REY65XRiMb=yJO3u3QhyP8EEPQ@mail.gmail.com
2018-01-19 15:33:06 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut 2c6f37ed62 Replace GrantObjectType with ObjectType
There used to be a lot of different *Type and *Kind symbol groups to
address objects within different commands, most of which have been
replaced by ObjectType, starting with
b256f24264.  But this conversion was never
done for the ACL commands until now.

This change ends up being just a plain replacement of the types and
symbols, without any code restructuring needed, except deleting some now
redundant code.

Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Frost <sfrost@snowman.net>
2018-01-19 14:01:14 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera 8b08f7d482 Local partitioned indexes
When CREATE INDEX is run on a partitioned table, create catalog entries
for an index on the partitioned table (which is just a placeholder since
the table proper has no data of its own), and recurse to create actual
indexes on the existing partitions; create them in future partitions
also.

As a convenience gadget, if the new index definition matches some
existing index in partitions, these are picked up and used instead of
creating new ones.  Whichever way these indexes come about, they become
attached to the index on the parent table and are dropped alongside it,
and cannot be dropped on isolation unless they are detached first.

To support pg_dump'ing these indexes, add commands
    CREATE INDEX ON ONLY <table>
(which creates the index on the parent partitioned table, without
recursing) and
    ALTER INDEX ATTACH PARTITION
(which is used after the indexes have been created individually on each
partition, to attach them to the parent index).  These reconstruct prior
database state exactly.

Reviewed-by: (in alphabetical order) Peter Eisentraut, Robert Haas, Amit
	Langote, Jesper Pedersen, Simon Riggs, David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171113170646.gzweigyrgg6pwsg4@alvherre.pgsql
2018-01-19 11:49:22 -03:00
Andres Freund 69c3936a14 Expression evaluation based aggregate transition invocation.
Previously aggregate transition and combination functions were invoked
by special case code in nodeAgg.c, evaluating input and filters
separately using the expression evaluation machinery. That turns out
to not be great for performance for several reasons:

- repeated expression evaluations have some cost
- the transition functions invocations are poorly predicted, as
  commonly there are multiple aggregates in a query, resulting in the
  same call-stack invoking different functions.
- filter and input computation had to be done separately
- the special case code made it hard to implement JITing of the whole
  transition function invocation

Address this by building one large expression that computes input,
evaluates filters, and invokes transition functions.

This leads to moderate speedups in queries bottlenecked by aggregate
computations, and enables large speedups for similar cases once JITing
is done.

There's potential for further improvement:
- It'd be nice if we could simplify the somewhat expensive
  aggstate->all_pergroups lookups.
- right now there's still an advance_transition_function invocation in
  nodeAgg.c, leading to some code duplication.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170901064131.tazjxwus3k2w3ybh@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-01-09 13:25:38 -08:00
Tom Lane 624e440a47 Improve the heuristic for ordering child paths of a parallel append.
Commit ab7271677 introduced code that attempts to order the child
scans of a Parallel Append node in a way that will minimize execution
time, based on total cost and startup cost.  However, it failed to
think hard about what to do when estimated costs are exactly equal;
a case that's particularly likely to occur when comparing on startup
cost.  In such a case the ordering of the child paths would be left
to the whims of qsort, an algorithm that isn't even stable.

We can improve matters by applying the rule used elsewhere in the
planner: if total costs are equal, sort on startup cost, and
vice versa.  When both cost estimates are exactly equal, rather
than letting qsort do something unpredictable, sort based on the
child paths' relids, which should typically result in sorting in
inheritance order.  (The latter provision requires inventing a
qsort-style comparator for bitmapsets, but maybe we'll have use
for that for other reasons in future.)

This results in a few plan changes in the select_parallel test,
but those all look more reasonable than before, when the actual
underlying cost numbers are taken into account.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4944.1515446989@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-01-09 13:07:52 -05:00
Robert Haas cc6337d2fe Simplify and encapsulate tuple routing support code.
Instead of having ExecSetupPartitionTupleRouting return multiple out
parameters, have it return a pointer to a structure containing all of
those different things.  Also, provide and use a cleanup function,
ExecCleanupTupleRouting, instead of cleaning up all of the resources
allocated by ExecSetupPartitionTupleRouting individually.

Amit Khandekar, reviewed by Amit Langote, David Rowley, and me

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAJ3gD9fWfxgKC+PfJZF3hkgAcNOy-LpfPxVYitDEXKHjeieWQQ@mail.gmail.com
2018-01-04 15:48:15 -05:00
Robert Haas c759395617 Code review for Parallel Append.
- Remove unnecessary #include mistakenly added in execnodes.h.
- Fix mistake in comment in choose_next_subplan_for_leader.
- Adjust row estimates in cost_append for a possibly-different
  parallel divisor.
- Clamp row estimates in cost_append after operations that may
  not produce integers.

Amit Kapila, with cosmetic adjustments by me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1+qcbeai3coPpRW=GFCzFeLUsuY4T-AKHqMjxpEGZBPQg@mail.gmail.com
2018-01-04 07:56:09 -05:00
Bruce Momjian 9d4649ca49 Update copyright for 2018
Backpatch-through: certain files through 9.3
2018-01-02 23:30:12 -05:00
Andres Freund f9ccf92e16 Simplify representation of aggregate transition values a bit.
Previously aggregate transition values for hash and other forms of
aggregation (i.e. sort and no group by) were represented
differently. Hash based aggregation used a grouping set indexed array
pointing to an array of transition values, whereas other forms of
aggregation used one flattened array with the index being computed out
of grouping set and transition offsets.

That made upcoming changes hard, so represent both as grouping set
indexed array of per-group data.

As a nice side-effect this also makes aggregation slightly faster,
because computing offsets with `transno + (setno * numTrans)` turns
out not to be that cheap (too big for x86 lea for example).

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171128003121.nmxbm2ounxzb6n2t@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-01-02 18:23:37 -08:00
Andres Freund b40933101c Perform slot validity checks in a separate pass over expression.
This reduces code duplication a bit, but the primary benefit that it
makes JITing expression evaluation easier. When doing so we can't, as
previously done in the interpreted case, really change opcode without
recompiling. Nor dow we just carry around unnecessary branches to
avoid re-checking over and over.

As a minor side-effect this makes ExecEvalStepOp() O(log(N)) rather
than O(N).

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170901064131.tazjxwus3k2w3ybh@alap3.anarazel.de
2017-12-29 12:45:25 -08:00
Tom Lane 6719b238e8 Rearrange execution of PARAM_EXTERN Params for plpgsql's benefit.
This patch does three interrelated things:

* Create a new expression execution step type EEOP_PARAM_CALLBACK
and add the infrastructure needed for add-on modules to generate that.
As discussed, the best control mechanism for that seems to be to add
another hook function to ParamListInfo, which will be called by
ExecInitExpr if it's supplied and a PARAM_EXTERN Param is found.
For stand-alone expressions, we add a new entry point to allow the
ParamListInfo to be specified directly, since it can't be retrieved
from the parent plan node's EState.

* Redesign the API for the ParamListInfo paramFetch hook so that the
ParamExternData array can be entirely virtual.  This also lets us get rid
of ParamListInfo.paramMask, instead leaving it to the paramFetch hook to
decide which param IDs should be accessible or not.  plpgsql_param_fetch
was already doing the identical masking check, so having callers do it too
seemed redundant.  While I was at it, I added a "speculative" flag to
paramFetch that the planner can specify as TRUE to avoid unwanted failures.
This solves an ancient problem for plpgsql that it couldn't provide values
of non-DTYPE_VAR variables to the planner for fear of triggering premature
"record not assigned yet" or "field not found" errors during planning.

* Rework plpgsql to get rid of the need for "unshared" parameter lists,
by dint of turning the single ParamListInfo per estate into a nearly
read-only data structure that doesn't instantiate any per-variable data.
Instead, the paramFetch hook controls access to per-variable data and can
make the right decisions on the fly, replacing the cases that we used to
need multiple ParamListInfos for.  This might perhaps have been a
performance loss on its own, but by using a paramCompile hook we can
bypass plpgsql_param_fetch entirely during normal query execution.
(It's now only called when, eg, we copy the ParamListInfo into a cursor
portal.  copyParamList() or SerializeParamList() effectively instantiate
the virtual parameter array as a simple physical array without a
paramFetch hook, which is what we want in those cases.)  This allows
reverting most of commit 6c82d8d1f, though I kept the cosmetic
code-consolidation aspects of that (eg the assign_simple_var function).

Performance testing shows this to be at worst a break-even change,
and it can provide wins ranging up to 20% in test cases involving
accesses to fields of "record" variables.  The fact that values of
such variables can now be exposed to the planner might produce wins
in some situations, too, but I've not pursued that angle.

In passing, remove the "parent" pointer from the arguments to
ExecInitExprRec and related functions, instead storing that pointer in a
transient field in ExprState.  The ParamListInfo pointer for a stand-alone
expression is handled the same way; we'd otherwise have had to add
yet another recursively-passed-down argument in expression compilation.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/32589.1513706441@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-12-21 12:57:45 -05:00
Andres Freund 1804284042 Add parallel-aware hash joins.
Introduce parallel-aware hash joins that appear in EXPLAIN plans as Parallel
Hash Join with Parallel Hash.  While hash joins could already appear in
parallel queries, they were previously always parallel-oblivious and had a
partial subplan only on the outer side, meaning that the work of the inner
subplan was duplicated in every worker.

After this commit, the planner will consider using a partial subplan on the
inner side too, using the Parallel Hash node to divide the work over the
available CPU cores and combine its results in shared memory.  If the join
needs to be split into multiple batches in order to respect work_mem, then
workers process different batches as much as possible and then work together
on the remaining batches.

The advantages of a parallel-aware hash join over a parallel-oblivious hash
join used in a parallel query are that it:

 * avoids wasting memory on duplicated hash tables
 * avoids wasting disk space on duplicated batch files
 * divides the work of building the hash table over the CPUs

One disadvantage is that there is some communication between the participating
CPUs which might outweigh the benefits of parallelism in the case of small
hash tables.  This is avoided by the planner's existing reluctance to supply
partial plans for small scans, but it may be necessary to estimate
synchronization costs in future if that situation changes.  Another is that
outer batch 0 must be written to disk if multiple batches are required.

A potential future advantage of parallel-aware hash joins is that right and
full outer joins could be supported, since there is a single set of matched
bits for each hashtable, but that is not yet implemented.

A new GUC enable_parallel_hash is defined to control the feature, defaulting
to on.

Author: Thomas Munro
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund, Robert Haas
Tested-By: Rafia Sabih, Prabhat Sahu
Discussion:
    https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm=2W=cOkiZxcg6qiFQP-dHUe09aqTrEMM7yJDrHMhDv_RA@mail.gmail.com
    https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm=37HKyJ4U6XOLi=JgfSHM3o6B-GaeO-6hkOmneTDkH+Uw@mail.gmail.com
2017-12-21 00:43:41 -08:00
Tom Lane 9fa6f00b13 Rethink MemoryContext creation to improve performance.
This patch makes a number of interrelated changes to reduce the overhead
involved in creating/deleting memory contexts.  The key ideas are:

* Include the AllocSetContext header of an aset.c context in its first
malloc request, rather than allocating it separately in TopMemoryContext.
This means that we now always create an initial or "keeper" block in an
aset, even if it never receives any allocation requests.

* Create freelists in which we can save and recycle recently-destroyed
asets (this idea is due to Robert Haas).

* In the common case where the name of a context is a constant string,
just store a pointer to it in the context header, rather than copying
the string.

The first change eliminates a palloc/pfree cycle per context, and
also avoids bloat in TopMemoryContext, at the price that creating
a context now involves a malloc/free cycle even if the context never
receives any allocations.  That would be a loser for some common
usage patterns, but recycling short-lived contexts via the freelist
eliminates that pain.

Avoiding copying constant strings not only saves strlen() and strcpy()
overhead, but is an essential part of the freelist optimization because
it makes the context header size constant.  Currently we make no
attempt to use the freelist for contexts with non-constant names.
(Perhaps someday we'll need to think harder about that, but in current
usage, most contexts with custom names are long-lived anyway.)

The freelist management in this initial commit is pretty simplistic,
and we might want to refine it later --- but in common workloads that
will never matter because the freelists will never get full anyway.

To create a context with a non-constant name, one is now required to
call AllocSetContextCreateExtended and specify the MEMCONTEXT_COPY_NAME
option.  AllocSetContextCreate becomes a wrapper macro, and it includes
a test that will complain about non-string-literal context name
parameters on gcc and similar compilers.

An unfortunate side effect of making AllocSetContextCreate a macro is
that one is now *required* to use the size parameter abstraction macros
(ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES and friends) with it; the pre-9.6 habit of
writing out individual size parameters no longer works unless you
switch to AllocSetContextCreateExtended.

Internally to the memory-context-related modules, the context creation
APIs are simplified, removing the rather baroque original design whereby
a context-type module called mcxt.c which then called back into the
context-type module.  That saved a bit of code duplication, but not much,
and it prevented context-type modules from exercising control over the
allocation of context headers.

In passing, I converted the test-and-elog validation of aset size
parameters into Asserts to save a few more cycles.  The original thought
was that callers might compute size parameters on the fly, but in practice
nobody does that, so it's useless to expend cycles on checking those
numbers in production builds.

Also, mark the memory context method-pointer structs "const",
just for cleanliness.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2264.1512870796@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-12-13 13:55:16 -05:00
Robert Haas ab72716778 Support Parallel Append plan nodes.
When we create an Append node, we can spread out the workers over the
subplans instead of piling on to each subplan one at a time, which
should typically be a bit more efficient, both because the startup
cost of any plan executed entirely by one worker is paid only once and
also because of reduced contention.  We can also construct Append
plans using a mix of partial and non-partial subplans, which may allow
for parallelism in places that otherwise couldn't support it.
Unfortunately, this patch doesn't handle the important case of
parallelizing UNION ALL by running each branch in a separate worker;
the executor infrastructure is added here, but more planner work is
needed.

Amit Khandekar, Robert Haas, Amul Sul, reviewed and tested by
Ashutosh Bapat, Amit Langote, Rafia Sabih, Amit Kapila, and
Rajkumar Raghuwanshi.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAJ3gD9dy0K_E8r727heqXoBmWZ83HwLFwdcaSSmBQ1+S+vRuUQ@mail.gmail.com
2017-12-05 17:28:39 -05:00
Andres Freund 5bcf389ecf Fix EXPLAIN ANALYZE of hash join when the leader doesn't participate.
If a hash join appears in a parallel query, there may be no hash table
available for explain.c to inspect even though a hash table may have
been built in other processes.  This could happen either because
parallel_leader_participation was set to off or because the leader
happened to hit the end of the outer relation immediately (even though
the complete relation is not empty) and decided not to build the hash
table.

Commit bf11e7ee introduced a way for workers to exchange
instrumentation via the DSM segment for Sort nodes even though they
are not parallel-aware.  This commit does the same for Hash nodes, so
that explain.c has a way to find instrumentation data from an
arbitrary participant that actually built the hash table.

Author: Thomas Munro
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm%3D3DUQC2-z252N55eOcZBer6DPdM%3DFzrxH9dZc5vYLsjaA%40mail.gmail.com
2017-12-05 10:55:56 -08:00
Peter Eisentraut e4128ee767 SQL procedures
This adds a new object type "procedure" that is similar to a function
but does not have a return type and is invoked by the new CALL statement
instead of SELECT or similar.  This implementation is aligned with the
SQL standard and compatible with or similar to other SQL implementations.

This commit adds new commands CALL, CREATE/ALTER/DROP PROCEDURE, as well
as ALTER/DROP ROUTINE that can refer to either a function or a
procedure (or an aggregate function, as an extension to SQL).  There is
also support for procedures in various utility commands such as COMMENT
and GRANT, as well as support in pg_dump and psql.  Support for defining
procedures is available in all the languages supplied by the core
distribution.

While this commit is mainly syntax sugar around existing functionality,
future features will rely on having procedures as a separate object
type.

Reviewed-by: Andrew Dunstan <andrew.dunstan@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-11-30 11:03:20 -05:00
Robert Haas 84940644de New C function: bms_add_range
This will be used by pending patches to improve partition pruning.

Amit Langote and Kyotaro Horiguchi, per a suggestion from David
Rowley.  Review and testing of the larger patch set of which this is a
part by Ashutosh Bapat, David Rowley, Dilip Kumar, Jesper Pedersen,
Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, Beena Emerson, Amul Sul, and Kyotaro Horiguchi.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/098b9c71-1915-1a2a-8d52-1a7a50ce79e8@lab.ntt.co.jp
2017-11-29 17:12:05 -05:00
Robert Haas eaedf0df71 Update typedefs.list and re-run pgindent
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoaA9=1RWKtBWpDaj+sF3Stgc8sHgf5z=KGtbjwPLQVDMA@mail.gmail.com
2017-11-29 09:24:24 -05:00
Simon Riggs a4ccc1cef5 Generational memory allocator
Add new style of memory allocator, known as Generational
appropriate for use in cases where memory is allocated
and then freed in roughly oldest first order (FIFO).

Use new allocator for logical decoding’s reorderbuffer
to significantly reduce memory usage and improve performance.

Author: Tomas Vondra
Reviewed-by: Simon Riggs
2017-11-23 05:45:07 +11:00
Robert Haas e89a71fb44 Pass InitPlan values to workers via Gather (Merge).
If a PARAM_EXEC parameter is used below a Gather (Merge) but the InitPlan
that computes it is attached to or above the Gather (Merge), force the
value to be computed before starting parallelism and pass it down to all
workers.  This allows us to use parallelism in cases where it previously
would have had to be rejected as unsafe.  We do - in this case - lose the
optimization that the value is only computed if it's actually used.  An
alternative strategy would be to have the first worker that needs the value
compute it, but one downside of that approach is that we'd then need to
select a parallel-safe path to compute the parameter value; it couldn't for
example contain a Gather (Merge) node.  At some point in the future, we
might want to consider both approaches.

Independent of that consideration, there is a great deal more work that
could be done to make more kinds of PARAM_EXEC parameters parallel-safe.
This infrastructure could be used to allow a Gather (Merge) on the inner
side of a nested loop (although that's not a very appealing plan) and
cases where the InitPlan is attached below the Gather (Merge) could be
addressed as well using various techniques.  But this is a good start.

Amit Kapila, reviewed and revised by me.  Reviewing and testing from
Kuntal Ghosh, Haribabu Kommi, and Tushar Ahuja.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1LV0Y1AUV4cUCdC+sYOx0Z0-8NAJ2Pd9=UKsbQ5Sr7+JQ@mail.gmail.com
2017-11-16 12:06:14 -05:00
Robert Haas e64861c79b Track in the plan the types associated with PARAM_EXEC parameters.
Up until now, we only tracked the number of parameters, which was
sufficient to allocate an array of Datums of the appropriate size,
but not sufficient to, for example, know how to serialize a Datum
stored in one of those slots.  An upcoming patch wants to do that,
so add this tracking to make it possible.

Patch by me, reviewed by Tom Lane and Amit Kapila.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYqpxDKn8koHdW8BEKk8FMUL0=e8m2Qe=M+r0UBjr3tuQ@mail.gmail.com
2017-11-13 15:24:12 -05:00
Robert Haas 5edc63bda6 Account for the effect of lossy pages when costing bitmap scans.
Dilip Kumar, reviewed by Alexander Kumenkov, Amul Sul, and me.
Some final adjustments by me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFiTN-sYtqUOXQ4SpuhTv0Z9gD0si3YxZGv_PQAAMX8qbOotcg@mail.gmail.com
2017-11-10 16:50:50 -05:00
Robert Haas 1aba8e651a Add hash partitioning.
Hash partitioning is useful when you want to partition a growing data
set evenly.  This can be useful to keep table sizes reasonable, which
makes maintenance operations such as VACUUM faster, or to enable
partition-wise join.

At present, we still depend on constraint exclusion for partitioning
pruning, and the shape of the partition constraints for hash
partitioning is such that that doesn't work.  Work is underway to fix
that, which should both improve performance and make partitioning
pruning work with hash partitioning.

Amul Sul, reviewed and tested by Dilip Kumar, Ashutosh Bapat, Yugo
Nagata, Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, Jesper Pedersen, and by me.  A few
final tweaks also by me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAAJ_b96fhpJAP=ALbETmeLk1Uni_GFZD938zgenhF49qgDTjaQ@mail.gmail.com
2017-11-09 18:07:44 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut 2eb4a831e5 Change TRUE/FALSE to true/false
The lower case spellings are C and C++ standard and are used in most
parts of the PostgreSQL sources.  The upper case spellings are only used
in some files/modules.  So standardize on the standard spellings.

The APIs for ICU, Perl, and Windows define their own TRUE and FALSE, so
those are left as is when using those APIs.

In code comments, we use the lower-case spelling for the C concepts and
keep the upper-case spelling for the SQL concepts.

Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-11-08 11:37:28 -05:00
Tom Lane 7c70996ebf Allow bitmap scans to operate as index-only scans when possible.
If we don't have to return any columns from heap tuples, and there's
no need to recheck qual conditions, and the heap page is all-visible,
then we can skip fetching the heap page altogether.

Skip prefetching pages too, when possible, on the assumption that the
recheck flag will remain the same from one page to the next.  While that
assumption is hardly bulletproof, it seems like a good bet most of the
time, and better than prefetching pages we don't need.

This commit installs the executor infrastructure, but doesn't change
any planner cost estimates, thus possibly causing bitmap scans to
not be chosen in cases where this change renders them the best choice.
I (tgl) am not entirely convinced that we need to account for this
behavior in the planner, because I think typically the bitmap scan would
get chosen anyway if it's the best bet.  In any case the submitted patch
took way too many shortcuts, resulting in too many clearly-bad choices,
to be committable.

Alexander Kuzmenkov, reviewed by Alexey Chernyshov, and whacked around
rather heavily by me.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/239a8955-c0fc-f506-026d-c837e86c827b@postgrespro.ru
2017-11-01 17:38:20 -04:00
Tom Lane af20e2d728 Fix ALTER TABLE code to update domain constraints when needed.
It's possible for dropping a column, or altering its type, to require
changes in domain CHECK constraint expressions; but the code was
previously only expecting to find dependent table CHECK constraints.
Make the necessary adjustments.

This is a fairly old oversight, but it's a lot easier to encounter
the problem in the context of domains over composite types than it
was before.  Given the lack of field complaints, I'm not going to
bother with a back-patch, though I'd be willing to reconsider that
decision if someone does complain.

Patch by me, reviewed by Michael Paquier

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30656.1509128130@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-11-01 13:32:23 -04:00
Robert Haas f0392e677e Revert "Move new structure member to the end."
This reverts commit 94d622f27b.  That
commit was supposed to get pushed to REL_10_STABLE, but I messed
up.
2017-10-27 17:29:20 +02:00
Robert Haas 94d622f27b Move new structure member to the end.
Reduces ABI breakage.  Per Tom Lane.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/4035.1509113974@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-10-27 16:40:06 +02:00
Robert Haas 639c1a6bb9 Fix mistaken failure to allow parallelism in corner case.
If we try to run a parallel plan in serial mode because, for example,
it's going to be scanned via a cursor, but for some reason we're
already in parallel mode (for example because an outer query is
running in parallel), we'd incorrectly try to launch workers.
Fix by adding a flag to the EState, so that we can be certain that
ExecutePlan() and ExecGather()/ExecGatherMerge() will have the same
idea about whether we are executing serially or in parallel.

Report and fix by Amit Kapila with help from Kuntal Ghosh.  A few
tweaks by me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1+_BuZrmVCeua5Eqnm4Co9DAXdM5HPAOE2J19ePbR912Q@mail.gmail.com
2017-10-27 16:04:01 +02:00
Tom Lane 37a795a60b Support domains over composite types.
This is the last major omission in our domains feature: you can now
make a domain over anything that's not a pseudotype.

The major complication from an implementation standpoint is that places
that might be creating tuples of a domain type now need to be prepared
to apply domain_check().  It seems better that unprepared code fail
with an error like "<type> is not composite" than that it silently fail
to apply domain constraints.  Therefore, relevant infrastructure like
get_func_result_type() and lookup_rowtype_tupdesc() has been adjusted
to treat domain-over-composite as a distinct case that unprepared code
won't recognize, rather than just transparently treating it the same
as plain composite.  This isn't a 100% solution to the possibility of
overlooked domain checks, but it catches most places.

In passing, improve typcache.c's support for domains (it can now cache
the identity of a domain's base type), and rewrite the argument handling
logic in jsonfuncs.c's populate_record[set]_worker to reduce duplicative
per-call lookups.

I believe this is code-complete so far as the core and contrib code go.
The PLs need varying amounts of work, which will be tackled in followup
patches.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4206.1499798337@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-10-26 13:47:45 -04:00
Tom Lane c3dfe0fec0 Repair breakage of aggregate FILTER option.
An aggregate's input expression(s) are not supposed to be evaluated
at all for a row where its FILTER test fails ... but commit 8ed3f11bb
overlooked that requirement.  Reshuffle so that aggregates having a
filter clause evaluate their arguments separately from those without.
This still gets the benefit of doing only one ExecProject in the
common case of multiple Aggrefs, none of which have filters.

While at it, arrange for filter clauses to be included in the common
ExecProject evaluation, thus perhaps buying a little bit even when
there are filters.

Back-patch to v10 where the bug was introduced.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30065.1508161354@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-10-16 15:24:36 -04:00
Robert Haas 60f7c0abef Use ResultRelInfo ** rather than ResultRelInfo * for tuple routing.
The previous convention doesn't lend itself to creating ResultRelInfos
lazily, as we already do in ExecGetTriggerResultRel.  This patch
doesn't make anything lazier than before, but the pending patch for
UPDATE tuple routing proposes to do so (and there might be other
opportunities as well).

Amit Khandekar with some adjustments by me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYPVP9Lyf6vUFA5DwxS4c--x6LOj2y36BsJaYtp62eXPQ@mail.gmail.com
2017-10-12 16:50:53 -04:00
Tom Lane 305cf1fd72 Fix AggGetAggref() so it won't lie to aggregate final functions.
If we merge the transition calculations for two different aggregates,
it's reasonable to assume that the transition function should not care
which of those Aggref structs it gets from AggGetAggref().  It is not
reasonable to make the same assumption about an aggregate final function,
however.  Commit 804163bc2 broke this, as it will pass whichever Aggref
was first associated with the transition state in both cases.

This doesn't create an observable bug so far as the core system is
concerned, because the only existing uses of AggGetAggref() are in
ordered-set aggregates that happen to not pay attention to anything
but the input properties of the Aggref; and besides that, we disabled
sharing of transition calculations for OSAs yesterday.  Nonetheless,
if some third-party code were using AggGetAggref() in a normal aggregate,
they would be entitled to call this a bug.  Hence, back-patch the fix
to 9.6 where the problem was introduced.

In passing, improve some of the comments about transition state sharing.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB4ELO5RZhOamuT9Xsf72ozbenDLLXZKSk07FiSVsuJNZB861A@mail.gmail.com
2017-10-12 15:20:16 -04:00
Robert Haas cff440d368 pg_stat_statements: Widen query IDs from 32 bits to 64 bits.
This takes advantage of the infrastructure introduced by commit
81c5e46c49 to greatly reduce the
likelihood that two different queries will end up with the same query
ID.  It's still possible, of course, but whereas before it the chances
of a collision reached 25% around 50,000 queries, it will now take
more than 3 billion queries.

Backward incompatibility: Because the type exposed at the SQL level is
int8, users may now see negative query IDs in the pg_stat_statements
view (and also, query IDs more than 4 billion, which was the old
limit).

Patch by me, reviewed by Michael Paquier and Peter Geoghegan.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmobG_Kp4cBKFmsznUAaM1GWW6hhRNiZC0KjRMOOeYnz5Yw@mail.gmail.com
2017-10-11 19:52:46 -04:00
Andres Freund 84ad4b036d Reduce memory usage of targetlist SRFs.
Previously nodeProjectSet only released memory once per input tuple,
rather than once per returned tuple. If the computation of an
individual returned tuple requires a lot of memory, that can lead to
problems.

Instead change things so that the expression context can be reset once
per output tuple, which requires a new memory context to store SRF
arguments in.

This is a longstanding issue, but was hard to fix before 9.6, due to
the way tSRFs where evaluated. But it's fairly easy to fix now. We
could backpatch this into 10, but given there've been fewc omplaints
that doesn't seem worth the risk so far.

Reported-By: Lucas Fairchild
Author: Andres Freund, per discussion with Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4514.1507318623@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-10-08 15:08:25 -07:00
Robert Haas f49842d1ee Basic partition-wise join functionality.
Instead of joining two partitioned tables in their entirety we can, if
it is an equi-join on the partition keys, join the matching partitions
individually.  This involves teaching the planner about "other join"
rels, which are related to regular join rels in the same way that
other member rels are related to baserels.  This can use significantly
more CPU time and memory than regular join planning, because there may
now be a set of "other" rels not only for every base relation but also
for every join relation.  In most practical cases, this probably
shouldn't be a problem, because (1) it's probably unusual to join many
tables each with many partitions using the partition keys for all
joins and (2) if you do that scenario then you probably have a big
enough machine to handle the increased memory cost of planning and (3)
the resulting plan is highly likely to be better, so what you spend in
planning you'll make up on the execution side.  All the same, for now,
turn this feature off by default.

Currently, we can only perform joins between two tables whose
partitioning schemes are absolutely identical.  It would be nice to
cope with other scenarios, such as extra partitions on one side or the
other with no match on the other side, but that will have to wait for
a future patch.

Ashutosh Bapat, reviewed and tested by Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, Amit
Langote, Rafia Sabih, Thomas Munro, Dilip Kumar, Antonin Houska, Amit
Khandekar, and by me.  A few final adjustments by me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFjFpRfQ8GrQvzp3jA2wnLqrHmaXna-urjm_UY9BqXj=EaDTSA@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFjFpRcitjfrULr5jfuKWRPsGUX0LQ0k8-yG0Qw2+1LBGNpMdw@mail.gmail.com
2017-10-06 11:11:10 -04:00
Tom Lane 11d8d72c27 Allow multiple tables to be specified in one VACUUM or ANALYZE command.
Not much to say about this; does what it says on the tin.

However, formerly, if there was a column list then the ANALYZE action was
implied; now it must be specified, or you get an error.  This is because
it would otherwise be a bit unclear what the user meant if some tables
have column lists and some don't.

Nathan Bossart, reviewed by Michael Paquier and Masahiko Sawada, with some
editorialization by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E061A8E3-5E3D-494D-94F0-E8A9B312BBFC@amazon.com
2017-10-03 18:53:44 -04:00
Tom Lane c12d570fa1 Support arrays over domains.
Allowing arrays with a domain type as their element type was left un-done
in the original domain patch, but not for any very good reason.  This
omission leads to such surprising results as array_agg() not working on
a domain column, because the parser can't identify a suitable output type
for the polymorphic aggregate.

In order to fix this, first clean up the APIs of coerce_to_domain() and
some internal functions in parse_coerce.c so that we consistently pass
around a CoercionContext along with CoercionForm.  Previously, we sometimes
passed an "isExplicit" boolean flag instead, which is strictly less
information; and coerce_to_domain() didn't even get that, but instead had
to reverse-engineer isExplicit from CoercionForm.  That's contrary to the
documentation in primnodes.h that says that CoercionForm only affects
display and not semantics.  I don't think this change fixes any live bugs,
but it makes things more consistent.  The main reason for doing it though
is that now build_coercion_expression() receives ccontext, which it needs
in order to be able to recursively invoke coerce_to_target_type().

Next, reimplement ArrayCoerceExpr so that the node does not directly know
any details of what has to be done to the individual array elements while
performing the array coercion.  Instead, the per-element processing is
represented by a sub-expression whose input is a source array element and
whose output is a target array element.  This simplifies life in
parse_coerce.c, because it can build that sub-expression by a recursive
invocation of coerce_to_target_type().  The executor now handles the
per-element processing as a compiled expression instead of hard-wired code.
The main advantage of this is that we can use a single ArrayCoerceExpr to
handle as many as three successive steps per element: base type conversion,
typmod coercion, and domain constraint checking.  The old code used two
stacked ArrayCoerceExprs to handle type + typmod coercion, which was pretty
inefficient, and adding yet another array deconstruction to do domain
constraint checking seemed very unappetizing.

In the case where we just need a single, very simple coercion function,
doing this straightforwardly leads to a noticeable increase in the
per-array-element runtime cost.  Hence, add an additional shortcut evalfunc
in execExprInterp.c that skips unnecessary overhead for that specific form
of expression.  The runtime speed of simple cases is within 1% or so of
where it was before, while cases that previously required two levels of
array processing are significantly faster.

Finally, create an implicit array type for every domain type, as we do for
base types, enums, etc.  Everything except the array-coercion case seems
to just work without further effort.

Tom Lane, reviewed by Andrew Dunstan

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9852.1499791473@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-09-30 13:40:56 -04:00
Robert Haas 9140cf8269 Associate partitioning information with each RelOptInfo.
This is not used for anything yet, but it is necessary infrastructure
for partition-wise join and for partition pruning without constraint
exclusion.

Ashutosh Bapat, reviewed by Amit Langote and with quite a few changes,
mostly cosmetic, by me.  Additional review and testing of this patch
series by Antonin Houska, Amit Khandekar, Rafia Sabih, Rajkumar
Raghuwanshi, Thomas Munro, and Dilip Kumar.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFjFpRfneFG3H+F6BaiXemMrKF+FY-POpx3Ocy+RiH3yBmXSNw@mail.gmail.com
2017-09-20 23:39:13 -04:00
Tom Lane 0f79440fb0 Fix SQL-spec incompatibilities in new transition table feature.
The standard says that all changes of the same kind (insert, update, or
delete) caused in one table by a single SQL statement should be reported
in a single transition table; and by that, they mean to include foreign key
enforcement actions cascading from the statement's direct effects.  It's
also reasonable to conclude that if the standard had wCTEs, they would say
that effects of wCTEs applying to the same table as each other or the outer
statement should be merged into one transition table.  We weren't doing it
like that.

Hence, arrange to merge tuples from multiple update actions into a single
transition table as much as we can.  There is a problem, which is that if
the firing of FK enforcement triggers and after-row triggers with
transition tables is interspersed, we might need to report more tuples
after some triggers have already seen the transition table.  It seems like
a bad idea for the transition table to be mutable between trigger calls.
There's no good way around this without a major redesign of the FK logic,
so for now, resolve it by opening a new transition table each time this
happens.

Also, ensure that AFTER STATEMENT triggers fire just once per statement,
or once per transition table when we're forced to make more than one.
Previous versions of Postgres have allowed each FK enforcement query
to cause an additional firing of the AFTER STATEMENT triggers for the
referencing table, but that's certainly not per spec.  (We're still
doing multiple firings of BEFORE STATEMENT triggers, though; is that
something worth changing?)

Also, forbid using transition tables with column-specific UPDATE triggers.
The spec requires such transition tables to show only the tuples for which
the UPDATE trigger would have fired, which means maintaining multiple
transition tables or else somehow filtering the contents at readout.
Maybe someday we'll bother to support that option, but it looks like a
lot of trouble for a marginal feature.

The transition tables are now managed by the AfterTriggers data structures,
rather than being directly the responsibility of ModifyTable nodes.  This
removes a subtransaction-lifespan memory leak introduced by my previous
band-aid patch 3c4359521.

In passing, refactor the AfterTriggers data structures to reduce the
management overhead for them, by using arrays of structs rather than
several parallel arrays for per-query-level and per-subtransaction state.

I failed to resist the temptation to do some copy-editing on the SGML
docs about triggers, above and beyond merely documenting the effects
of this patch.

Back-patch to v10, because we don't want the semantics of transition
tables to change post-release.

Patch by me, with help and review from Thomas Munro.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170909064853.25630.12825@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2017-09-16 13:20:36 -04:00
Robert Haas 0a480502b0 Expand partitioned table RTEs level by level, without flattening.
Flattening the partitioning hierarchy at this stage makes various
desirable optimizations difficult.  The original use case for this
patch was partition-wise join, which wants to match up the partitions
in one partitioning hierarchy with those in another such hierarchy.
However, it now seems that it will also be useful in making partition
pruning work using the PartitionDesc rather than constraint exclusion,
because with a flattened expansion, we have no easy way to figure out
which PartitionDescs apply to which leaf tables in a multi-level
partition hierarchy.

As it turns out, we end up creating both rte->inh and !rte->inh RTEs
for each intermediate partitioned table, just as we previously did for
the root table.  This seems unnecessary since the partitioned tables
have no storage and are not scanned.  We might want to go back and
rejigger things so that no partitioned tables (including the parent)
need !rte->inh RTEs, but that seems to require some adjustments not
related to the core purpose of this patch.

Ashutosh Bapat, reviewed by me and by Amit Langote.  Some final
adjustments by me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFjFpRd=1venqLL7oGU=C1dEkuvk2DJgvF+7uKbnPHaum1mvHQ@mail.gmail.com
2017-09-14 15:41:08 -04:00
Robert Haas 6f6b99d133 Allow a partitioned table to have a default partition.
Any tuples that don't route to any other partition will route to the
default partition.

Jeevan Ladhe, Beena Emerson, Ashutosh Bapat, Rahila Syed, and Robert
Haas, with review and testing at various stages by (at least) Rushabh
Lathia, Keith Fiske, Amit Langote, Amul Sul, Rajkumar Raghuanshi, Sven
Kunze, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Thom Brown, Rafia Sabih, and Dilip Kumar.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAH2L28tbN4SYyhS7YV1YBWcitkqbhSWfQCy0G=apRcC_PEO-bg@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAOG9ApEYj34fWMcvBMBQ-YtqR9fTdXhdN82QEKG0SVZ6zeL1xg@mail.gmail.com
2017-09-08 17:28:04 -04:00
Simon Riggs 5b6d13eec7 Allow SET STATISTICS on expression indexes
Index columns are referenced by ordinal number rather than name, e.g.
CREATE INDEX coord_idx ON measured (x, y, (z + t));
ALTER INDEX coord_idx ALTER COLUMN 3 SET STATISTICS 1000;

Incompatibility note for release notes:
\d+ for indexes now also displays Stats Target

Authors: Alexander Korotkov, with contribution by Adrien NAYRAT
Review: Adrien NAYRAT, Simon Riggs
Wordsmith: Simon Riggs
2017-09-06 13:46:01 -07:00
Tom Lane 8689e38263 Clean up handling of dropped columns in NAMEDTUPLESTORE RTEs.
The NAMEDTUPLESTORE patch piggybacked on the infrastructure for
TABLEFUNC/VALUES/CTE RTEs, none of which can ever have dropped columns,
so the possibility was ignored most places.  Fix that, including adding a
specification to parsenodes.h about what it's supposed to look like.

In passing, clean up assorted comments that hadn't been maintained
properly by said patch.

Per bug #14799 from Philippe Beaudoin.  Back-patch to v10.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170906120005.25630.84360@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2017-09-06 10:41:05 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera be7161566d Add a WAIT option to DROP_REPLICATION_SLOT
Commit 9915de6c1c changed the default behavior of
DROP_REPLICATION_SLOT so that it would wait until any session holding
the slot active would release it, instead of raising an error.  But
users are already depending on the original behavior, so revert to it by
default and add a WAIT option to invoke the new behavior.

Per complaint from Simone Gotti, in
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEvsy6Wgdf90O6pUvg2wSVXL2omH5OPC-38OD4Zzgk-FXavj3Q@mail.gmail.com
2017-09-01 13:44:14 +02:00
Tom Lane 2d44c58c79 Avoid memory leaks when a GatherMerge node is rescanned.
Rescanning a GatherMerge led to leaking some memory in the executor's
query-lifespan context, because most of the node's working data structures
were simply abandoned and rebuilt from scratch.  In practice, this might
never amount to much, given the cost of relaunching worker processes ---
but it's still pretty messy, so let's fix it.

We can rearrange things so that the tuple arrays are simply cleared and
reused, and we don't need to rebuild the TupleTableSlots either, just
clear them.  One small complication is that because we might get a
different number of workers on each iteration, we can't keep the old
convention that the leader's gm_slots[] entry is the last one; the leader
might clobber a TupleTableSlot that we need for a worker in a future
iteration.  Hence, adjust the logic so that the leader has slot 0 always,
while the active workers have slots 1..n.

Back-patch to v10 to keep all the existing versions of nodeGatherMerge.c
in sync --- because of the renumbering of the slots, there would otherwise
be a very large risk that any future backpatches in this module would
introduce bugs.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8670.1504192177@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-08-31 16:21:05 -04:00
Tom Lane 04e9678614 Code review for nodeGatherMerge.c.
Comment the fields of GatherMergeState, and organize them a bit more
sensibly.  Comment GMReaderTupleBuffer more usefully too.  Improve
assorted other comments that were obsolete or just not very good English.

Get rid of the use of a GMReaderTupleBuffer for the leader process;
that was confusing, since only the "done" field was used, and that
in a way redundant with need_to_scan_locally.

In gather_merge_init, avoid calling load_tuple_array for
already-known-exhausted workers.  I'm not sure if there's a live bug there,
but the case is unlikely to be well tested due to timing considerations.

Remove some useless code, such as duplicating the tts_isempty test done by
TupIsNull.

Remove useless initialization of ps.qual, replacing that with an assertion
that we have no qual to check.  (If we did, the code would fail to check
it.)

Avoid applying heap_copytuple to a null tuple.  While that fails to crash,
it's confusing and it makes the code less legible not more so IMO.

Propagate a couple of these changes into nodeGather.c, as well.

Back-patch to v10, partly because of the possibility that the
gather_merge_init change is fixing a live bug, but mostly to keep
the branches in sync to ease future bug fixes.
2017-08-30 17:21:08 -04:00
Tom Lane 41b0dd987d Separate reinitialization of shared parallel-scan state from ExecReScan.
Previously, the parallel executor logic did reinitialization of shared
state within the ExecReScan code for parallel-aware scan nodes.  This is
problematic, because it means that the ExecReScan call has to occur
synchronously (ie, during the parent Gather node's ReScan call).  That is
swimming very much against the tide so far as the ExecReScan machinery is
concerned; the fact that it works at all today depends on a lot of fragile
assumptions, such as that no plan node between Gather and a parallel-aware
scan node is parameterized.  Another objection is that because ExecReScan
might be called in workers as well as the leader, hacky extra tests are
needed in some places to prevent unwanted shared-state resets.

Hence, let's separate this code into two functions, a ReInitializeDSM
call and the ReScan call proper.  ReInitializeDSM is called only in
the leader and is guaranteed to run before we start new workers.
ReScan is returned to its traditional function of resetting only local
state, which means that ExecReScan's usual habits of delaying or
eliminating child rescan calls are safe again.

As with the preceding commit 7df2c1f8d, it doesn't seem to be necessary
to make these changes in 9.6, which is a good thing because the FDW and
CustomScan APIs are impacted.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1JkByysFJNh9M349u_nNjqETuEnY_y1VUc_kJiU0bxtaQ@mail.gmail.com
2017-08-30 13:18:16 -04:00
Tom Lane 7df2c1f8da Force rescanning of parallel-aware scan nodes below a Gather[Merge].
The ExecReScan machinery contains various optimizations for postponing
or skipping rescans of plan subtrees; for example a HashAgg node may
conclude that it can re-use the table it built before, instead of
re-reading its input subtree.  But that is wrong if the input contains
a parallel-aware table scan node, since the portion of the table scanned
by the leader process is likely to vary from one rescan to the next.
This explains the timing-dependent buildfarm failures we saw after
commit a2b70c89c.

The established mechanism for showing that a plan node's output is
potentially variable is to mark it as depending on some runtime Param.
Hence, to fix this, invent a dummy Param (one that has a PARAM_EXEC
parameter number, but carries no actual value) associated with each Gather
or GatherMerge node, mark parallel-aware nodes below that node as dependent
on that Param, and arrange for ExecReScanGather[Merge] to flag that Param
as changed whenever the Gather[Merge] node is rescanned.

This solution breaks an undocumented assumption made by the parallel
executor logic, namely that all rescans of nodes below a Gather[Merge]
will happen synchronously during the ReScan of the top node itself.
But that's fundamentally contrary to the design of the ExecReScan code,
and so was doomed to fail someday anyway (even if you want to argue
that the bug being fixed here wasn't a failure of that assumption).
A follow-on patch will address that issue.  In the meantime, the worst
that's expected to happen is that given very bad timing luck, the leader
might have to do all the work during a rescan, because workers think
they have nothing to do, if they are able to start up before the eventual
ReScan of the leader's parallel-aware table scan node has reset the
shared scan state.

Although this problem exists in 9.6, there does not seem to be any way
for it to manifest there.  Without GatherMerge, it seems that a plan tree
that has a rescan-short-circuiting node below Gather will always also
have one above it that will short-circuit in the same cases, preventing
the Gather from being rescanned.  Hence we won't take the risk of
back-patching this change into 9.6.  But v10 needs it.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1JkByysFJNh9M349u_nNjqETuEnY_y1VUc_kJiU0bxtaQ@mail.gmail.com
2017-08-30 09:29:55 -04:00
Robert Haas bf11e7ee2e Propagate sort instrumentation from workers back to leader.
Up until now, when parallel query was used, no details about the
sort method or space used by the workers were available; details
were shown only for any sorting done by the leader.  Fix that.

Commit 1177ab1dab forced the test case
added by commit 1f6d515a67 to run
without parallelism; now that we have this infrastructure, allow
that again, with a little tweaking to make it pass with and without
force_parallel_mode.

Robert Haas and Tom Lane

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+Tgmoa2VBZW6S8AAXfhpHczb=Rf6RqQ2br+zJvEgwJ0uoD_tQ@mail.gmail.com
2017-08-29 13:26:33 -04:00
Robert Haas 3452dc5240 Push tuple limits through Gather and Gather Merge.
If we only need, say, 10 tuples in total, then we certainly don't need
more than 10 tuples from any single process.  Pushing down the limit
lets workers exit early when possible.  For Gather Merge, there is
an additional benefit: a Sort immediately below the Gather Merge can
be done as a bounded sort if there is an applicable limit.

Robert Haas and Tom Lane

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYa3QKKrLj5rX7UvGqhH73G1Li4B-EKxrmASaca2tFu9Q@mail.gmail.com
2017-08-29 13:16:55 -04:00
Robert Haas c4b841ba6a Fix interaction of triggers, partitioning, and EXPLAIN ANALYZE.
Add a new EState member es_leaf_result_relations, so that the trigger
code knows about ResultRelInfos created by tuple routing.  Also make
sure ExplainPrintTriggers knows about partition-related
ResultRelInfos.

Etsuro Fujita, reviewed by Amit Langote

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/57163e18-8e56-da83-337a-22f2c0008051@lab.ntt.co.jp
2017-08-18 13:01:05 -04:00
Tom Lane 2b74303637 Make the planner assume that the entries in a VALUES list are distinct.
Previously, if we had to estimate the number of distinct values in a
VALUES column, we fell back on the default behavior used whenever we lack
statistics, which effectively is that there are Min(# of entries, 200)
distinct values.  This can be very badly off with a large VALUES list,
as noted by Jeff Janes.

We could consider actually running an ANALYZE-like scan on the VALUES,
but that seems unduly expensive, and anyway it could not deliver reliable
info if the entries are not all constants.  What seems like a better choice
is to assume that the values are all distinct.  This will sometimes be just
as wrong as the old code, but it seems more likely to be more nearly right
in many common cases.  Also, it is more consistent with what happens in
some related cases, for example WHERE x = ANY(ARRAY[1,2,3,...,n]) and
WHERE x = ANY(VALUES (1),(2),(3),...,(n)) now are estimated similarly.

This was discussed some time ago, but consensus was it'd be better
to slip it in at the start of a development cycle not near the end.
(It should've gone into v10, really, but I forgot about it.)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMkU=1xHkyPa8VQgGcCNg3RMFFvVxUdOpus1gKcFuvVi0w6Acg@mail.gmail.com
2017-08-16 15:37:20 -04:00
Tom Lane 4867d7f62f Avoid out-of-memory in a hash join with many duplicate inner keys.
The executor is capable of splitting buckets during a hash join if
too much memory is being used by a small number of buckets.  However,
this only helps if a bucket's population is actually divisible; if
all the hash keys are alike, the tuples still end up in the same
new bucket.  This can result in an OOM failure if there are enough
inner keys with identical hash values.  The planner's cost estimates
will bias it against choosing a hash join in such situations, but not
by so much that it will never do so.  To mitigate the OOM hazard,
explicitly estimate the hash bucket space needed by just the inner
side's most common value, and if that would exceed work_mem then
add disable_cost to the hash cost estimate.

This approach doesn't account for the possibility that two or more
common values would share the same hash value.  On the other hand,
work_mem is normally a fairly conservative bound, so that eating
two or more times that much space is probably not going to kill us.

If we have no stats about the inner side, ignore this consideration.
There was some discussion of making a conservative assumption, but that
would effectively result in disabling hash join whenever we lack stats,
which seems like an overreaction given how seldom the problem manifests
in the field.

Per a complaint from David Hinkle.  Although this could be viewed
as a bug fix, the lack of similar complaints weighs against back-
patching; indeed we waited for v11 because it seemed already rather
late in the v10 cycle to be making plan choice changes like this one.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/32013.1487271761@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-08-15 14:05:53 -04:00
Tom Lane 21d304dfed Final pgindent + perltidy run for v10. 2017-08-14 17:29:33 -04:00
Robert Haas e694010758 Fix typo in comment.
Etsuro Fujita

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/5f794b91-67df-1ac6-8a4f-069f8e8e169d@lab.ntt.co.jp
2017-08-10 13:14:47 -04:00
Andres Freund cc9f08b6b8 Move ExecProcNode from dispatch to function pointer based model.
This allows us to add stack-depth checks the first time an executor
node is called, and skip that overhead on following
calls. Additionally it yields a nice speedup.

While it'd probably have been a good idea to have that check all
along, it has become more important after the new expression
evaluation framework in b8d7f053c5 - there's no stack depth
check in common paths anymore now. We previously relied on
ExecEvalExpr() being executed somewhere.

We should move towards that model for further routines, but as this is
required for v10, it seems better to only do the necessary (which
already is quite large).

Author: Andres Freund, Tom Lane
Reported-By: Julien Rouhaud
Discussion:
    https://postgr.es/m/22833.1490390175@sss.pgh.pa.us
    https://postgr.es/m/b0af9eaa-130c-60d0-9e4e-7a135b1e0c76@dalibo.com
2017-07-30 16:18:21 -07:00
Dean Rasheed d363d42bb9 Use MINVALUE/MAXVALUE instead of UNBOUNDED for range partition bounds.
Previously, UNBOUNDED meant no lower bound when used in the FROM list,
and no upper bound when used in the TO list, which was OK for
single-column range partitioning, but problematic with multiple
columns. For example, an upper bound of (10.0, UNBOUNDED) would not be
collocated with a lower bound of (10.0, UNBOUNDED), thus making it
difficult or impossible to define contiguous multi-column range
partitions in some cases.

Fix this by using MINVALUE and MAXVALUE instead of UNBOUNDED to
represent a partition column that is unbounded below or above
respectively. This syntax removes any ambiguity, and ensures that if
one partition's lower bound equals another partition's upper bound,
then the partitions are contiguous.

Also drop the constraint prohibiting finite values after an unbounded
column, and just document the fact that any values after MINVALUE or
MAXVALUE are ignored. Previously it was necessary to repeat UNBOUNDED
multiple times, which was needlessly verbose.

Note: Forces a post-PG 10 beta2 initdb.

Report by Amul Sul, original patch by Amit Langote with some
additional hacking by me.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAJ_b947mowpLdxL3jo3YLKngRjrq9+Ej4ymduQTfYR+8=YAYQ@mail.gmail.com
2017-07-21 09:20:47 +01:00
Tom Lane decb08ebdf Code review for NextValueExpr expression node type.
Add missing infrastructure for this node type, notably in ruleutils.c where
its lack could demonstrably cause EXPLAIN to fail.  Add outfuncs/readfuncs
support.  (outfuncs support is useful today for debugging purposes.  The
readfuncs support may never be needed, since at present it would only
matter for parallel query and NextValueExpr should never appear in a
parallelizable query; but it seems like a bad idea to have a primnode type
that isn't fully supported here.)  Teach planner infrastructure that
NextValueExpr is a volatile, parallel-unsafe, non-leaky expression node
with cost cpu_operator_cost.  Given its limited scope of usage, there
*might* be no live bug today from the lack of that knowledge, but it's
certainly going to bite us on the rear someday.  Teach pg_stat_statements
about the new node type, too.

While at it, also teach cost_qual_eval() that MinMaxExpr, SQLValueFunction,
XmlExpr, and CoerceToDomain should be charged as cpu_operator_cost.
Failing to do this for SQLValueFunction was an oversight in my commit
0bb51aa96.  The others are longer-standing oversights, but no time like the
present to fix them.  (In principle, CoerceToDomain could have cost much
higher than this, but it doesn't presently seem worth trying to examine the
domain's constraints here.)

Modify execExprInterp.c to execute NextValueExpr as an out-of-line
function; it seems quite unlikely to me that it's worth insisting that
it be inlined in all expression eval methods.  Besides, providing the
out-of-line function doesn't stop anyone from inlining if they want to.

Adjust some places where NextValueExpr support had been inserted with the
aid of a dartboard rather than keeping it in the same order as elsewhere.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/23862.1499981661@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-07-14 15:25:43 -04:00
Andrew Gierth 501ed02cf6 Fix transition tables for partition/inheritance.
We disallow row-level triggers with transition tables on child tables.
Transition tables for triggers on the parent table contain only those
columns present in the parent.  (We can't mix tuple formats in a
single transition table.)

Patch by Thomas Munro

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BTgmoZzTBBAsEUh4MazAN7ga%3D8SsMC-Knp-6cetts9yNZUCcg%40mail.gmail.com
2017-06-28 18:55:03 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut 113b0045e2 Reformat comments about ResultRelInfo
Also add a comment on its new member PartitionRoot.

Reported-by: Etsuro Fujita <fujita.etsuro@lab.ntt.co.jp>
2017-06-21 15:43:23 -04:00
Tom Lane c7b8998ebb Phase 2 of pgindent updates.
Change pg_bsd_indent to follow upstream rules for placement of comments
to the right of code, and remove pgindent hack that caused comments
following #endif to not obey the general rule.

Commit e3860ffa4d wasn't actually using
the published version of pg_bsd_indent, but a hacked-up version that
tried to minimize the amount of movement of comments to the right of
code.  The situation of interest is where such a comment has to be
moved to the right of its default placement at column 33 because there's
code there.  BSD indent has always moved right in units of tab stops
in such cases --- but in the previous incarnation, indent was working
in 8-space tab stops, while now it knows we use 4-space tabs.  So the
net result is that in about half the cases, such comments are placed
one tab stop left of before.  This is better all around: it leaves
more room on the line for comment text, and it means that in such
cases the comment uniformly starts at the next 4-space tab stop after
the code, rather than sometimes one and sometimes two tabs after.

Also, ensure that comments following #endif are indented the same
as comments following other preprocessor commands such as #else.
That inconsistency turns out to have been self-inflicted damage
from a poorly-thought-through post-indent "fixup" in pgindent.

This patch is much less interesting than the first round of indent
changes, but also bulkier, so I thought it best to separate the effects.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1dAmxK-0006EE-1r@gemulon.postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30527.1495162840@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-06-21 15:19:25 -04:00
Tom Lane e3860ffa4d Initial pgindent run with pg_bsd_indent version 2.0.
The new indent version includes numerous fixes thanks to Piotr Stefaniak.
The main changes visible in this commit are:

* Nicer formatting of function-pointer declarations.
* No longer unexpectedly removes spaces in expressions using casts,
  sizeof, or offsetof.
* No longer wants to add a space in "struct structname *varname", as
  well as some similar cases for const- or volatile-qualified pointers.
* Declarations using PG_USED_FOR_ASSERTS_ONLY are formatted more nicely.
* Fixes bug where comments following declarations were sometimes placed
  with no space separating them from the code.
* Fixes some odd decisions for comments following case labels.
* Fixes some cases where comments following code were indented to less
  than the expected column 33.

On the less good side, it now tends to put more whitespace around typedef
names that are not listed in typedefs.list.  This might encourage us to
put more effort into typedef name collection; it's not really a bug in
indent itself.

There are more changes coming after this round, having to do with comment
indentation and alignment of lines appearing within parentheses.  I wanted
to limit the size of the diffs to something that could be reviewed without
one's eyes completely glazing over, so it seemed better to split up the
changes as much as practical.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1dAmxK-0006EE-1r@gemulon.postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30527.1495162840@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-06-21 14:39:04 -04:00
Tom Lane 9ef2dbefc7 Final pgindent run with old pg_bsd_indent (version 1.3).
This is just to have a clean basis for comparison with the results of
the new version (which will indeed end up reverting some of these
changes...)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1dAmxK-0006EE-1r@gemulon.postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30527.1495162840@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-06-21 14:09:24 -04:00
Magnus Hagander bb1f8f9e5b Fix typos in comments
Author: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
2017-06-17 10:17:28 +02:00
Robert Haas f32d57fd70 Fix problems related to RangeTblEntry members enrname and enrtuples.
Commit 18ce3a4ab2 failed to update
the comments in parsenodes.h for the new members, and made only
incomplete updates to src/backend/nodes

Thomas Munro, per a report from Noah Misch.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/20170611062525.GA1628882@rfd.leadboat.com
2017-06-14 16:19:46 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut 9907b55ceb Fix ALTER SUBSCRIPTION grammar ambiguity
There was a grammar ambiguity between SET PUBLICATION name REFRESH and
SET PUBLICATION SKIP REFRESH, because SKIP is not a reserved word.  To
resolve that, fold the refresh choice into the WITH options.  Refreshing
is the default now.

Reported-by: tushar <tushar.ahuja@enterprisedb.com>
2017-06-05 21:43:25 -04:00
Tom Lane 76a3df6e5e Code review focused on new node types added by partitioning support.
Fix failure to check that we got a plain Const from const-simplification of
a coercion request.  This is the cause of bug #14666 from Tian Bing: there
is an int4 to money cast, but it's only stable not immutable (because of
dependence on lc_monetary), resulting in a FuncExpr that the code was
miserably unequipped to deal with, or indeed even to notice that it was
failing to deal with.  Add test cases around this coercion behavior.

In view of the above, sprinkle the code liberally with castNode() macros,
in hope of catching the next such bug a bit sooner.  Also, change some
functions that were randomly declared to take Node* to take more specific
pointer types.  And change some struct fields that were declared Node*
but could be given more specific types, allowing removal of assorted
explicit casts.

Place PARTITION_MAX_KEYS check a bit closer to the code it's protecting.
Likewise check only-one-key-for-list-partitioning restriction in a less
random place.

Avoid not-per-project-style usages like !strcmp(...).

Fix assorted failures to avoid scribbling on the input of parse
transformation.  I'm not sure how necessary this is, but it's entirely
silly for these functions to be expending cycles to avoid that and not
getting it right.

Add guards against partitioning on system columns.

Put backend/nodes/ support code into an order that matches handling
of these node types elsewhere.

Annotate the fact that somebody added location fields to PartitionBoundSpec
and PartitionRangeDatum but forgot to handle them in
outfuncs.c/readfuncs.c.  This is fairly harmless for production purposes
(since readfuncs.c would just substitute -1 anyway) but it's still bogus.
It's not worth forcing a post-beta1 initdb just to fix this, but if we
have another reason to force initdb before 10.0, we should go back and
clean this up.

Contrariwise, somebody added location fields to PartitionElem and
PartitionSpec but forgot to teach exprLocation() about them.

Consolidate duplicative code in transformPartitionBound().

Improve a couple of error messages.

Improve assorted commentary.

Re-pgindent the files touched by this patch; this affects a few comment
blocks that must have been added quite recently.

Report: https://postgr.es/m/20170524024550.29935.14396@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2017-05-28 23:20:28 -04:00
Bruce Momjian a6fd7b7a5f Post-PG 10 beta1 pgindent run
perltidy run not included.
2017-05-17 16:31:56 -04:00
Tom Lane f674743487 Remove no-longer-needed fields of Hash plan nodes.
skewColType/skewColTypmod are no longer used in the wake of commit
9aab83fc5, and seem unlikely to be wanted in future, so let's drop 'em.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16364.1494520862@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-05-14 11:07:40 -04:00
Robert Haas f8bffe9e6d Fix multi-column range partitioning constraints.
The old logic was just plain wrong.

Report by Olaf Gawenda.  Patch by Amit Langote, reviewed by
Beena Emerson and by me.  Minor adjustments by me also.
2017-05-13 11:36:41 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera bc085205c8 Change CREATE STATISTICS syntax
Previously, we had the WITH clause in the middle of the command, where
you'd specify both generic options as well as statistic types.  Few
people liked this, so this commit changes it to remove the WITH keyword
from that clause and makes it accept statistic types only.  (We
currently don't have any generic options, but if we invent in the
future, we will gain a new WITH clause, probably at the end of the
command).

Also, the column list is now specified without parens, which makes the
whole command look more similar to a SELECT command.  This change will
let us expand the command to supporting expressions (not just columns
names) as well as multiple tables and their join conditions.

Tom added lots of code comments and fixed some parts of the CREATE
STATISTICS reference page, too; more changes in this area are
forthcoming.  He also fixed a potential problem in the alter_generic
regression test, reducing verbosity on a cascaded drop to avoid
dependency on message ordering, as we do in other tests.

Tom also closed a security bug: we documented that table ownership was
required in order to create a statistics object on it, but didn't
actually implement it.

Implement tab-completion for statistics objects.  This can stand some
more improvement.

Authors: Alvaro Herrera, with lots of cleanup by Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170420212426.ltvgyhnefvhixm6i@alvherre.pgsql
2017-05-12 14:59:35 -03:00
Peter Eisentraut 013c1178fd Remove the NODROP SLOT option from DROP SUBSCRIPTION
It turned out this approach had problems, because a DROP command should
not have any options other than CASCADE and RESTRICT.  Instead, always
attempt to drop the slot if there is one configured, but also add an
ALTER SUBSCRIPTION action to set the slot to NONE.

Author: Petr Jelinek <petr.jelinek@2ndquadrant.com>
Reported-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/29431.1493730652@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-05-09 10:20:42 -04:00
Robert Haas e180c8aa8c Fire per-statement triggers on partitioned tables.
Even though no actual tuples are ever inserted into a partitioned
table (the actual tuples are in the partitions, not the partitioned
table itself), we still need to have a ResultRelInfo for the
partitioned table, or per-statement triggers won't get fired.

Amit Langote, per a report from Rajkumar Raghuwanshi.  Reviewed by me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAKcux6%3DwYospCRY2J4XEFuVy0L41S%3Dfic7rmkbsU-GXhhSbmBg%40mail.gmail.com
2017-05-01 08:23:01 -04:00
Robert Haas 504c2205ab Fix crash when partitioned column specified twice.
Amit Langote, reviewed by Beena Emerson

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/6ed23d3d-c09d-4cbc-3628-0a8a32f750f4@lab.ntt.co.jp
2017-04-28 13:52:17 -04:00
Tom Lane 39151781c8 Fix testing of parallel-safety of SubPlans.
is_parallel_safe() supposed that the only relevant property of a SubPlan
was the parallel safety of the referenced subplan tree.  This is wrong:
the testexpr or args subtrees might contain parallel-unsafe stuff, as
demonstrated by the test case added here.  However, just recursing into the
subtrees fails in a different way: we'll typically find PARAM_EXEC Params
representing the subplan's output columns in the testexpr.  The previous
coding supposed that any Param must be treated as parallel-restricted, so
that a naive attempt at fixing this disabled parallel pushdown of SubPlans
altogether.  We must instead determine, for any visited Param, whether it
is one that would be computed by a surrounding SubPlan node; if so, it's
safe to push down along with the SubPlan node.

We might later be able to extend this logic to cope with Params used for
correlated subplans and other cases; but that's a task for v11 or beyond.

Tom Lane and Amit Kapila

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7064.1492022469@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-04-18 15:43:56 -04:00
Tom Lane 16ebab6886 Avoid transferring parallel-unsafe subplans to parallel workers.
Commit 5e6d8d2bb allowed parallel workers to execute parallel-safe
subplans, but it transmitted the query's entire list of subplans to
the worker(s).  Since execMain.c blindly does ExecInitNode and later
ExecEndNode on every list element, this resulted in parallel-unsafe plan
nodes nonetheless getting started up and shut down in parallel workers.
That seems mostly harmless as far as core plan node types go (but
maybe not so much for Gather?).  But it resulted in postgres_fdw
opening and then closing extra remote connections, and it's likely
that other non-parallel-safe FDWs or custom scan providers would have
worse reactions.

To fix, just make ExecSerializePlan replace parallel-unsafe subplans
with NULLs in the cut-down plan tree that it transmits to workers.
This relies on ExecInitNode and ExecEndNode to do nothing on NULL
input, but they do anyway.  If anything else is touching the dropped
subplans in a parallel worker, that would be a bug to be fixed.
(This thus provides a strong guarantee that we won't try to do
something with a parallel-unsafe subplan in a worker.)

This is, I think, the last fix directly occasioned by Andreas Seltenreich's
bug report of a few days ago.

Tom Lane and Amit Kapila

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87tw5x4vcu.fsf@credativ.de
2017-04-12 16:07:00 -04:00
Tom Lane 003d80f3df Mark finished Plan nodes with parallel_safe flags.
We'd managed to avoid doing this so far, but it seems pretty obvious
that it would be forced on us some day, and this is much the cleanest
way of approaching the open problem that parallel-unsafe subplans are
being transmitted to parallel workers.  Anyway there's no space cost
due to alignment considerations, and the time cost is pretty minimal
since we're just copying the flag from the corresponding Path node.
(At least in most cases ... some of the klugier spots in createplan.c
have to work a bit harder.)

In principle we could perhaps get rid of SubPlan.parallel_safe,
but I thought it better to keep that in case there are reasons to
consider a SubPlan unsafe even when its child plan is parallel-safe.

This patch doesn't actually do anything with the new flags, but
I thought I'd commit it separately anyway.

Note: although this touches outfuncs/readfuncs, there's no need for
a catversion bump because Plan trees aren't stored on disk.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87tw5x4vcu.fsf@credativ.de
2017-04-12 15:13:34 -04:00
Tom Lane 8f0530f580 Improve castNode notation by introducing list-extraction-specific variants.
This extends the castNode() notation introduced by commit 5bcab1114 to
provide, in one step, extraction of a list cell's pointer and coercion to
a concrete node type.  For example, "lfirst_node(Foo, lc)" is the same
as "castNode(Foo, lfirst(lc))".  Almost half of the uses of castNode
that have appeared so far include a list extraction call, so this is
pretty widely useful, and it saves a few more keystrokes compared to the
old way.

As with the previous patch, back-patch the addition of these macros to
pg_list.h, so that the notation will be available when back-patching.

Patch by me, after an idea of Andrew Gierth's.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/14197.1491841216@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-04-10 13:51:53 -04:00
Tom Lane 9c7f5229ad Optimize joins when the inner relation can be proven unique.
If there can certainly be no more than one matching inner row for a given
outer row, then the executor can move on to the next outer row as soon as
it's found one match; there's no need to continue scanning the inner
relation for this outer row.  This saves useless scanning in nestloop
and hash joins.  In merge joins, it offers the opportunity to skip
mark/restore processing, because we know we have not advanced past the
first possible match for the next outer row.

Of course, the devil is in the details: the proof of uniqueness must
depend only on joinquals (not otherquals), and if we want to skip
mergejoin mark/restore then it must depend only on merge clauses.
To avoid adding more planning overhead than absolutely necessary,
the present patch errs in the conservative direction: there are cases
where inner_unique or skip_mark_restore processing could be used, but
it will not do so because it's not sure that the uniqueness proof
depended only on "safe" clauses.  This could be improved later.

David Rowley, reviewed and rather heavily editorialized on by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvqF6Sw-TK98bW48TdtFJ+3a7D2mFyZ7++=D-RyPsL76gw@mail.gmail.com
2017-04-07 22:20:13 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera b1fc51a36e Comment fixes for extended statistics
Clean up some code comments in new extended statistics code, from
7b504eb282.
2017-04-06 12:28:50 -03:00
Peter Eisentraut 3217327053 Identity columns
This is the SQL standard-conforming variant of PostgreSQL's serial
columns.  It fixes a few usability issues that serial columns have:

- CREATE TABLE / LIKE copies default but refers to same sequence
- cannot add/drop serialness with ALTER TABLE
- dropping default does not drop sequence
- need to grant separate privileges to sequence
- other slight weirdnesses because serial is some kind of special macro

Reviewed-by: Vitaly Burovoy <vitaly.burovoy@gmail.com>
2017-04-06 08:41:37 -04:00
Robert Haas 7a39b5e4d1 Abstract logic to allow for multiple kinds of child rels.
Currently, the only type of child relation is an "other member rel",
which is the child of a baserel, but in the future joins and even
upper relations may have child rels.  To facilitate that, introduce
macros that test to test for particular RelOptKind values, and use
them in various places where they help to clarify the sense of a test.
(For example, a test may allow RELOPT_OTHER_MEMBER_REL either because
it intends to allow child rels, or because it intends to allow simple
rels.)

Also, remove find_childrel_top_parent, which will not work for a
child rel that is not a baserel.  Instead, add a new RelOptInfo
member top_parent_relids to track the same kind of information in a
more generic manner.

Ashutosh Bapat, slightly tweaked by me.  Review and testing of the
patch set from which this was taken by Rajkumar Raghuwanshi and Rafia
Sabih.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoagTnF2yqR3PT2rv=om=wJiZ4-A+ATwdnriTGku1CLYxA@mail.gmail.com
2017-04-03 22:41:31 -04:00
Kevin Grittner 18ce3a4ab2 Add infrastructure to support EphemeralNamedRelation references.
A QueryEnvironment concept is added, which allows new types of
objects to be passed into queries from parsing on through
execution.  At this point, the only thing implemented is a
collection of EphemeralNamedRelation objects -- relations which
can be referenced by name in queries, but do not exist in the
catalogs.  The only type of ENR implemented is NamedTuplestore, but
provision is made to add more types fairly easily.

An ENR can carry its own TupleDesc or reference a relation in the
catalogs by relid.

Although these features can be used without SPI, convenience
functions are added to SPI so that ENRs can easily be used by code
run through SPI.

The initial use of all this is going to be transition tables in
AFTER triggers, but that will be added to each PL as a separate
commit.

An incidental effect of this patch is to produce a more informative
error message if an attempt is made to modify the contents of a CTE
from a referencing DML statement.  No tests previously covered that
possibility, so one is added.

Kevin Grittner and Thomas Munro
Reviewed by Heikki Linnakangas, David Fetter, and Thomas Munro
with valuable comments and suggestions from many others
2017-03-31 23:17:18 -05:00
Robert Haas 7d8f6986b8 Fix parallel query so it doesn't spoil row estimates above Gather.
Commit 45be99f8cd removed GatherPath's
num_workers field, but this is entirely bogus.  Normally, a path's
parallel_workers flag is supposed to indicate the number of workers
that it wants, and should be 0 for a non-partial path.  In that
commit, I mistakenly thought that GatherPath could also use that field
to indicate the number of workers that it would try to start, but
that's disastrous, because then it can propagate up to higher nodes in
the plan tree, which will then get incorrect rowcounts because the
parallel_workers flag is involved in computing those values.  Repair
by putting the separate field back.

Report by Tomas Vondra.  Patch by me, reviewed by Amit Kapila.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/f91b4a44-f739-04bd-c4b6-f135bd643669@2ndquadrant.com
2017-03-31 21:01:20 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut 4cb824699e Cast result of copyObject() to correct type
copyObject() is declared to return void *, which allows easily assigning
the result independent of the input, but it loses all type checking.

If the compiler supports typeof or something similar, cast the result to
the input type.  This creates a greater amount of type safety.  In some
cases, where the result is assigned to a generic type such as Node * or
Expr *, new casts are now necessary, but in general casts are now
unnecessary in the normal case and indicate that something unusual is
happening.

Reviewed-by: Mark Dilger <hornschnorter@gmail.com>
2017-03-28 21:59:23 -04:00
Andrew Gierth b5635948ab Support hashed aggregation with grouping sets.
This extends the Aggregate node with two new features: HashAggregate
can now run multiple hashtables concurrently, and a new strategy
MixedAggregate populates hashtables while doing sorted grouping.

The planner will now attempt to save as many sorts as possible when
planning grouping sets queries, while not exceeding work_mem for the
estimated combined sizes of all hashtables used.  No SQL-level changes
are required.  There should be no user-visible impact other than the
new EXPLAIN output and possible changes to result ordering when ORDER
BY was not used (which affected a few regression tests).  The
enable_hashagg option is respected.

Author: Andrew Gierth
Reviewers: Mark Dilger, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87vatszyhj.fsf@news-spur.riddles.org.uk
2017-03-27 04:20:54 +01:00
Andres Freund b8d7f053c5 Faster expression evaluation and targetlist projection.
This replaces the old, recursive tree-walk based evaluation, with
non-recursive, opcode dispatch based, expression evaluation.
Projection is now implemented as part of expression evaluation.

This both leads to significant performance improvements, and makes
future just-in-time compilation of expressions easier.

The speed gains primarily come from:
- non-recursive implementation reduces stack usage / overhead
- simple sub-expressions are implemented with a single jump, without
  function calls
- sharing some state between different sub-expressions
- reduced amount of indirect/hard to predict memory accesses by laying
  out operation metadata sequentially; including the avoidance of
  nearly all of the previously used linked lists
- more code has been moved to expression initialization, avoiding
  constant re-checks at evaluation time

Future just-in-time compilation (JIT) has become easier, as
demonstrated by released patches intended to be merged in a later
release, for primarily two reasons: Firstly, due to a stricter split
between expression initialization and evaluation, less code has to be
handled by the JIT. Secondly, due to the non-recursive nature of the
generated "instructions", less performance-critical code-paths can
easily be shared between interpreted and compiled evaluation.

The new framework allows for significant future optimizations. E.g.:
- basic infrastructure for to later reduce the per executor-startup
  overhead of expression evaluation, by caching state in prepared
  statements.  That'd be helpful in OLTPish scenarios where
  initialization overhead is measurable.
- optimizing the generated "code". A number of proposals for potential
  work has already been made.
- optimizing the interpreter. Similarly a number of proposals have
  been made here too.

The move of logic into the expression initialization step leads to some
backward-incompatible changes:
- Function permission checks are now done during expression
  initialization, whereas previously they were done during
  execution. In edge cases this can lead to errors being raised that
  previously wouldn't have been, e.g. a NULL array being coerced to a
  different array type previously didn't perform checks.
- The set of domain constraints to be checked, is now evaluated once
  during expression initialization, previously it was re-built
  every time a domain check was evaluated. For normal queries this
  doesn't change much, but e.g. for plpgsql functions, which caches
  ExprStates, the old set could stick around longer.  The behavior
  around might still change.

Author: Andres Freund, with significant changes by Tom Lane,
	changes by Heikki Linnakangas
Reviewed-By: Tom Lane, Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20161206034955.bh33paeralxbtluv@alap3.anarazel.de
2017-03-25 14:52:06 -07:00
Alvaro Herrera 7b504eb282 Implement multivariate n-distinct coefficients
Add support for explicitly declared statistic objects (CREATE
STATISTICS), allowing collection of statistics on more complex
combinations that individual table columns.  Companion commands DROP
STATISTICS and ALTER STATISTICS ... OWNER TO / SET SCHEMA / RENAME are
added too.  All this DDL has been designed so that more statistic types
can be added later on, such as multivariate most-common-values and
multivariate histograms between columns of a single table, leaving room
for permitting columns on multiple tables, too, as well as expressions.

This commit only adds support for collection of n-distinct coefficient
on user-specified sets of columns in a single table.  This is useful to
estimate number of distinct groups in GROUP BY and DISTINCT clauses;
estimation errors there can cause over-allocation of memory in hashed
aggregates, for instance, so it's a worthwhile problem to solve.  A new
special pseudo-type pg_ndistinct is used.

(num-distinct estimation was deemed sufficiently useful by itself that
this is worthwhile even if no further statistic types are added
immediately; so much so that another version of essentially the same
functionality was submitted by Kyotaro Horiguchi:
https://postgr.es/m/20150828.173334.114731693.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
though this commit does not use that code.)

Author: Tomas Vondra.  Some code rework by Álvaro.
Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed, David Rowley, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Jeff Janes,
    Ideriha Takeshi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/543AFA15.4080608@fuzzy.cz
    https://postgr.es/m/20170320190220.ixlaueanxegqd5gr@alvherre.pgsql
2017-03-24 14:06:10 -03:00
Peter Eisentraut eccfef81e1 ICU support
Add a column collprovider to pg_collation that determines which library
provides the collation data.  The existing choices are default and libc,
and this adds an icu choice, which uses the ICU4C library.

The pg_locale_t type is changed to a union that contains the
provider-specific locale handles.  Users of locale information are
changed to look into that struct for the appropriate handle to use.

Also add a collversion column that records the version of the collation
when it is created, and check at run time whether it is still the same.
This detects potentially incompatible library upgrades that can corrupt
indexes and other structures.  This is currently only supported by
ICU-provided collations.

initdb initializes the default collation set as before from the `locale
-a` output but also adds all available ICU locales with a "-x-icu"
appended.

Currently, ICU-provided collations can only be explicitly named
collations.  The global database locales are still always libc-provided.

ICU support is enabled by configure --with-icu.

Reviewed-by: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: Andreas Karlsson <andreas@proxel.se>
2017-03-23 15:28:48 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut 7c4f52409a Logical replication support for initial data copy
Add functionality for a new subscription to copy the initial data in the
tables and then sync with the ongoing apply process.

For the copying, add a new internal COPY option to have the COPY source
data provided by a callback function.  The initial data copy works on
the subscriber by receiving COPY data from the publisher and then
providing it locally into a COPY that writes to the destination table.

A WAL receiver can now execute full SQL commands.  This is used here to
obtain information about tables and publications.

Several new options were added to CREATE and ALTER SUBSCRIPTION to
control whether and when initial table syncing happens.

Change pg_dump option --no-create-subscription-slots to
--no-subscription-connect and use the new CREATE SUBSCRIPTION
... NOCONNECT option for that.

Author: Petr Jelinek <petr.jelinek@2ndquadrant.com>
Tested-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl>
2017-03-23 08:55:37 -04:00
Robert Haas d3cc37f1d8 Don't scan partitioned tables.
Partitioned tables do not contain any data; only their unpartitioned
descendents need to be scanned.  However, the partitioned tables still
need to be locked, even though they're not scanned.  To make that
work, Append and MergeAppend relations now need to carry a list of
(unscanned) partitioned relations that must be locked, and InitPlan
must lock all partitioned result relations.

Aside from the obvious advantage of avoiding some work at execution
time, this has two other advantages.  First, it may improve the
planner's decision-making in some cases since the empty relation
might throw things off.  Second, it paves the way to getting rid of
the storage for partitioned tables altogether.

Amit Langote, reviewed by me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/6837c359-45c4-8044-34d1-736756335a15@lab.ntt.co.jp
2017-03-21 09:48:04 -04:00
Andrew Dunstan b6fb534f10 Add IF NOT EXISTS for CREATE SERVER and CREATE USER MAPPING
There is still some inconsistency with the error messages surrounding
foreign servers. Some use the word "foreign" and some don't. My
inclination is to remove all such uses of "foreign" on the basis that
the  CREATE/ALTER/DROP SERVER commands don't use the word. However, that
is left for another day. In this patch I have kept to the existing usage
in the affected commands, which omits "foreign".

Anastasia Lubennikova, reviewed by Arthur Zakirov and Ashtosh Bapat.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/7c2ab9b8-388a-1ce0-23a3-7acf2a0ed3c6@postgrespro.ru
2017-03-20 16:40:45 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut aefeb68741 Allow referring to functions without arguments when unique
In DDL commands referring to an existing function, allow omitting the
argument list if the function name is unique in its schema, per SQL
standard.

This uses the same logic that the regproc type uses for finding
functions by name only.

Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-03-14 23:55:19 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut eb4da3e380 Add option to control snapshot export to CREATE_REPLICATION_SLOT
We used to export snapshots unconditionally in CREATE_REPLICATION_SLOT
in the replication protocol, but several upcoming patches want more
control over what happens.

Suppress snapshot export in pg_recvlogical, which neither needs nor can
use the exported snapshot.  Since snapshot exporting can fail this
improves reliability.

This also paves the way for allowing the creation of replication slots
on standbys, which cannot export snapshots because they cannot allocate
new XIDs.

Author: Petr Jelinek <petr.jelinek@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-03-14 17:34:22 -04:00
Robert Haas 355d3993c5 Add a Gather Merge executor node.
Like Gather, we spawn multiple workers and run the same plan in each
one; however, Gather Merge is used when each worker produces the same
output ordering and we want to preserve that output ordering while
merging together the streams of tuples from various workers.  (In a
way, Gather Merge is like a hybrid of Gather and MergeAppend.)

This works out to a win if it saves us from having to perform an
expensive Sort.  In cases where only a small amount of data would need
to be sorted, it may actually be faster to use a regular Gather node
and then sort the results afterward, because Gather Merge sometimes
needs to wait synchronously for tuples whereas a pure Gather generally
doesn't.  But if this avoids an expensive sort then it's a win.

Rushabh Lathia, reviewed and tested by Amit Kapila, Thomas Munro,
and Neha Sharma, and reviewed and revised by me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAGPqQf09oPX-cQRpBKS0Gq49Z+m6KBxgxd_p9gX8CKk_d75HoQ@mail.gmail.com
2017-03-09 07:49:29 -05:00
Robert Haas f35742ccb7 Support parallel bitmap heap scans.
The index is scanned by a single process, but then all cooperating
processes can iterate jointly over the resulting set of heap blocks.
In the future, we might also want to support using a parallel bitmap
index scan to set up for a parallel bitmap heap scan, but that's a
job for another day.

Dilip Kumar, with some corrections and cosmetic changes by me.  The
larger patch set of which this is a part has been reviewed and tested
by (at least) Andres Freund, Amit Khandekar, Tushar Ahuja, Rafia
Sabih, Haribabu Kommi, Thomas Munro, and me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFiTN-uc4=0WxRGfCzs-xfkMYcSEWUC-Fon6thkJGjkh9i=13A@mail.gmail.com
2017-03-08 12:05:43 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera fcec6caafa Support XMLTABLE query expression
XMLTABLE is defined by the SQL/XML standard as a feature that allows
turning XML-formatted data into relational form, so that it can be used
as a <table primary> in the FROM clause of a query.

This new construct provides significant simplicity and performance
benefit for XML data processing; what in a client-side custom
implementation was reported to take 20 minutes can be executed in 400ms
using XMLTABLE.  (The same functionality was said to take 10 seconds
using nested PostgreSQL XPath function calls, and 5 seconds using
XMLReader under PL/Python).

The implemented syntax deviates slightly from what the standard
requires.  First, the standard indicates that the PASSING clause is
optional and that multiple XML input documents may be given to it; we
make it mandatory and accept a single document only.  Second, we don't
currently support a default namespace to be specified.

This implementation relies on a new executor node based on a hardcoded
method table.  (Because the grammar is fixed, there is no extensibility
in the current approach; further constructs can be implemented on top of
this such as JSON_TABLE, but they require changes to core code.)

Author: Pavel Stehule, Álvaro Herrera
Extensively reviewed by: Craig Ringer
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRAgfzMD-LoSmnMGybD0WsEznLHWap8DO79+-GTRAPR4qA@mail.gmail.com
2017-03-08 12:40:26 -03:00
Robert Haas 98e6e89040 tidbitmap: Support shared iteration.
When a shared iterator is used, each call to tbm_shared_iterate()
returns a result that has not yet been returned to any process
attached to the shared iterator.  In other words, each cooperating
processes gets a disjoint subset of the full result set, but all
results are returned exactly once.

This is infrastructure for parallel bitmap heap scan.

Dilip Kumar.  The larger patch set of which this is a part has been
reviewed and tested by (at least) Andres Freund, Amit Khandekar,
Tushar Ahuja, Rafia Sabih, Haribabu Kommi, and Thomas Munro.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFiTN-uc4=0WxRGfCzs-xfkMYcSEWUC-Fon6thkJGjkh9i=13A@mail.gmail.com
2017-03-08 08:09:38 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut 2ca64c6f71 Replace LookupFuncNameTypeNames() with LookupFuncWithArgs()
The old function took function name and function argument list as
separate arguments.  Now that all function signatures are passed around
as ObjectWithArgs structs, this is no longer necessary and can be
replaced by a function that takes ObjectWithArgs directly.  Similarly
for aggregates and operators.

Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-03-06 13:31:47 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut 8b6d6cf853 Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects
In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects
by a list of name components and an optional argument list.  But this
doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of
hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have
to be unpacked at the other end.  This makes it also weird to represent
lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists
of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently.  The other
problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward
to deal with lists of functions.

Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to
object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and
managed using the normal Node mechanisms.  In many cases it will still
be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types
it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the
existing ObjectWithArgs node type.  Some of the more obscure object
types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists.

Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-03-06 13:31:47 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut 550214a4ef Add operator_with_argtypes grammar rule
This makes the handling of operators similar to that of functions and
aggregates.

Rename node FuncWithArgs to ObjectWithArgs, to reflect the expanded use.

Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-03-06 13:31:47 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut 63ebd377a6 Use class_args field in opclass_drop
This makes it consistent with the usage in opclass_item.

Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-03-06 13:31:47 -05:00
Andres Freund 58b25e9810 Add "Slab" MemoryContext implementation for efficient equal-sized allocations.
The default general purpose aset.c style memory context is not a great
choice for allocations that are all going to be evenly sized,
especially when those objects aren't small, and have varying
lifetimes.  There tends to be a lot of fragmentation, larger
allocations always directly go to libc rather than have their cost
amortized over several pallocs.

These problems lead to the introduction of ad-hoc slab allocators in
reorderbuffer.c. But it turns out that the simplistic implementation
leads to problems when a lot of objects are allocated and freed, as
aset.c is still the underlying implementation. Especially freeing can
easily run into O(n^2) behavior in aset.c.

While the O(n^2) behavior in aset.c can, and probably will, be
addressed, custom allocators for this behavior are more efficient
both in space and time.

This allocator is for evenly sized allocations, and supports both
cheap allocations and freeing, without fragmenting significantly.  It
does so by allocating evenly sized blocks via malloc(), and carves
them into chunks that can be used for allocations.  In order to
release blocks to the OS as early as possible, chunks are allocated
from the fullest block that still has free objects, increasing the
likelihood of a block being entirely unused.

A subsequent commit uses this in reorderbuffer.c, but a further
allocator is needed to resolve the performance problems triggering
this work.

There likely are further potentialy uses of this allocator besides
reorderbuffer.c.

There's potential further optimizations of the new slab.c, in
particular the array of freelists could be replaced by a more
intelligent structure - but for now this looks more than good enough.

Author: Tomas Vondra, editorialized by Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund, Petr Jelinek, Robert Haas, Jim Nasby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d15dff83-0b37-28ed-0809-95a5cc7292ad@2ndquadrant.com
2017-02-27 03:41:44 -08:00
Robert Haas a315b967cc Allow custom and foreign scans to have shutdown callbacks.
This is expected to be useful mostly when performing such scans in
parallel, because in that case it allows (in combination with commit
acf555bc53) nodes below a Gather to get
control just before the DSM segment goes away.

KaiGai Kohei, except that I rewrote the documentation.  Reviewed by
Claudio Freire.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CADyhKSXJK0jUJ8rWv4AmKDhsUh124_rEn39eqgfC5D8fu6xVuw@mail.gmail.com
2017-02-26 13:41:12 +05:30
Robert Haas 4c728f3829 Pass the source text for a parallel query to the workers.
With this change, you can see the query that a parallel worker is
executing in pg_stat_activity, and if the worker crashes you can
see what query it was executing when it crashed.

Rafia Sabih, reviewed by Kuntal Ghosh and Amit Kapila and slightly
revised by me.
2017-02-22 12:18:29 +05:30
Robert Haas 0414b26bac Add optimizer and executor support for parallel index-only scans.
Commit 5262f7a4fc added similar support
for parallel index scans; this extends that work to index-only scans.
As with parallel index scans, this requires support from the index AM,
so currently parallel index-only scans will only be possible for btree
indexes.

Rafia Sabih, reviewed and tested by Rahila Syed, Tushar Ahuja,
and Amit Kapila

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAOGQiiPEAs4C=TBp0XShxBvnWXuzGL2u++Hm1=qnCpd6_Mf8Fw@mail.gmail.com
2017-02-19 15:57:55 +05:30
Robert Haas 5262f7a4fc Add optimizer and executor support for parallel index scans.
In combination with 569174f1be, which
taught the btree AM how to perform parallel index scans, this allows
parallel index scan plans on btree indexes.  This infrastructure
should be general enough to support parallel index scans for other
index AMs as well, if someone updates them to support parallel
scans.

Amit Kapila, reviewed and tested by Anastasia Lubennikova, Tushar
Ahuja, and Haribabu Kommi, and me.
2017-02-15 13:53:24 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut 6d16ecc646 Add CREATE COLLATION IF NOT EXISTS clause
The core of the functionality was already implemented when
pg_import_system_collations was added.  This just exposes it as an
option in the SQL command.
2017-02-15 10:01:28 -05:00